Back to GetFilings.com
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One) |
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2004 |
|
or |
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to . |
Commission file number: 001-16447
Maxtor Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0123732 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
500 McCarthy Blvd., Milpitas, California 95035
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(408) 894-5000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
5.75% Convertible Subordinated Debentures, due
March 1, 2012
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
Act) during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated
filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act). Yes þ No o
The aggregate market value of the registrants common
stock, $.01 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of
the registrant on June 25, 2004, the last business day of
the registrants most recently completed second fiscal
quarter, was $1,674,675,782 (based on the closing sales price of
the registrants common stock on that date). Shares of the
registrants common stock held by each officer and director
and each person who owns more than 5% or more of the outstanding
common stock of the registrant have been excluded in that such
persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of
affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination
for other purposes. As of March 4, 2005,
253,017,786 shares of the registrants common stock,
$.01 par value per share, were issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders (the Proxy Statement), to be filed
within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended
December 25, 2004, are incorporated by reference in
Part III hereof. Except with respect to information
specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K,
the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Overview
Maxtor Corporation (Maxtor or the
Company) is one of the worlds leading suppliers of
hard disk drives for desktop, enterprise and consumer
electronics applications.
Our desktop products are marketed under the DiamondMax, MaXLine
and Fireball brand names and consist of 3.5-inch disk drives
with storage capacities that range from 40 to 300 gigabytes
(GB). These drives are used primarily in desktop
computers; however, there is an emerging market for these
products in a variety of consumer electronic applications,
including digital video recorders (DVRs), set-top
boxes and game consoles, as well as personal storage
applications. We also provide a line of high-capacity ATA/
Serial ATA drives for use in mid-line and near-line storage
applications for the enterprise market. Our MaXLine-branded
drives, with 250 or 300 GB of capacity, are designed
specifically for high-reliability to meet the needs of
enterprise customers who need ready access to fixed content data
files. Finally, we offer a line of high-end 3.5-inch hard disk
drives for use in high-performance, storage-intensive enterprise
applications such as workstations, enterprise servers and
storage subsystems. These Intel-based server products are
marketed under the Atlas brand name and provide storage
capacities of 18.4 to 300 GB at speeds of 10,000 rotations per
minute (RPM) and 15,000 RPM.
Maxtor, DiamondMax and Atlas are registered trademarks of
Maxtor. MaXLine, Fireball, Maxtor Personal Storage, Maxtor
OneTouch, and Maxtor QuickView are trademarks of Maxtor. All
other brand names and trademarks appearing in this report are
the property of their respective holders.
We are incorporated in the State of Delaware. Our principal
executive offices are located at 500 McCarthy Boulevard,
Milpitas, California 95035. The telephone number is
(408) 894-5000.
Company Background
Maxtor was founded in 1982. We completed our initial public
offering of common stock in 1986. In 1994, we sold 40% of our
outstanding common stock to Hyundai Electronics Industries (now
Hynix Semiconductor Inc.) and its affiliates. In early 1996,
Hyundai Electronics America (now Hynix Semiconductor America
Inc. Hynix) acquired all of our
remaining outstanding common stock. Following this acquisition
by Hynix, in July 1998, we completed a public offering of our
common stock, which was followed by a secondary offering of our
stock in February 1999. On April 2, 2001, we acquired
Quantum Corporations Hard Disk Drive Group (Quantum
HDD). In October 2001, Hynix sold a majority of its shares
of Maxtor common stock, and in February 2002, Hynix distributed
its remaining shares of Maxtor common stock.
Industry Background
Maxtor participates in the desktop computing, enterprise and
consumer electronics markets.
Desktop Computing Market. Desktop computing represents
the largest market for hard disk drives for both Maxtor and the
industry. According to International Data Corporation
(IDC), drives shipped for use in desktop computing
applications totaled approximately 209 million in 2004
compared with total drive shipments of 306 million.
Approximately 76% of the drives that Maxtor shipped in 2004 were
for the desktop computing market. Desktop computers are used in
a wide variety of environments, including the home, business and
multimedia entertainment. Demand for hard disk drives used in
desktop computers has been driven by a variety of factors,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the rapid increase in digital data; |
|
|
|
the general growth of PC sales in the United States and Western
Europe; |
1
|
|
|
|
|
the growth of non-branded desktop computers in emerging
economies, specifically China and other parts of Asia, Russia,
Eastern Europe and Latin America; and |
|
|
|
larger file sizes created by multimedia-intensive applications. |
According to IDC, hard drives shipped for desktop computing will
increase approximately 9% from 2004 to approximately
228 million in 2005. IDC estimates that revenue from drives
shipped to the desktop computing market will increase
approximately 5.5% from $12.4 billion to $13.1 billion
in 2005. Despite the increase in units, revenue growth will be
moderated by the decline in desktop drive average selling prices
(ASPs), a trend which has characterized the industry. The
decrease in ASPs reflects the declining prices of desktop
computers, the hard drive industrys ability to reduce the
average unit cost of its drives and competitive pressures.
Success in this market requires excellent quality and
reliability, technology and low-cost manufacturing.
Enterprise Market. The enterprise market for hard disk
drives includes manufacturers of workstations, servers, storage
area networks and computer subsystems. This market has
traditionally been served with hard disk drives that use either
fiber channel or small computer system interface
(SCSI). According to IDC, the market for enterprise
drives totaled approximately 23 million in 2004 and is
expected to increase 6.5% to approximately 25 million in
2005. IDC expects revenue for enterprise drives to increase
approximately 4.7% from $4.1 billion in 2004 to
approximately $4.3 billion in 2005.
During 2004, we transitioned the manufacture of 10,000 RPM SCSI
drives from a contract manufacturer to our own facilities in
Singapore. In addition, we restructured our SCSI operation and
reduced its headcount. As a result of these actions and the
early success of our next-generation areal density SCSI
products, we expect to have improved gross profit on our server
products throughout 2005.
During the past several years, a new enterprise market has
emerged for mid-line and near-line storage which addresses
applications that require ready access to large pools of fixed
content data and where cost per gigabyte is a critical factor.
Such applications include e-mail archiving, engineering
drawings, medical imaging, scientific data and video. We were a
pioneer in this market, offering our high capacity ATA/ Serial
ATA MaXLine hard drives specifically designed with high
reliability features. Driven by recent regulatory requirements
for archiving and retrieving data and the growth of digital
imaging, we believe this market offers excellent growth
opportunities. We will focus on expanding our business through
the introduction of higher capacity drives with unique feature
sets and by increasing our customer base.
Consumer Electronics Market. Demand for emerging consumer
electronics devices that incorporate hard disk drives is
growing. DVRs, set-top boxes and game consoles use 3.5-inch hard
drives to enhance the entertainment experience. These devices
have grown rapidly since their introduction in 1999 and
represented approximately 16 million of hard drives sold in
2004, according to IDC. Maxtor was a leader in the DVR market,
shipping a total of 6.3 million drives in 2004.
Hard drives with smaller form factors (primarily 0.85-inch,
1.0-inch and 1.8-inch) are also incorporated into consumer
electronics devices, specifically MP3 players, digital cameras
and cell phones. IDC estimates that the unit volume for small
form factor drives was approximately 16 million in 2004.
Maxtor has a development effort underway on small form factor
drives, but does not plan to participate in this market until
2006.
Our Strategy
Maxtor is a major provider of hard disk drives to leading
computer and consumer electronics manufacturers, distributors
and retailers. Our financial performance suffered in 2004,
reflecting an uncompetitive cost structure, high expenses and an
inefficient product roadmap. We have a plan to return Maxtor to
profitability and have begun its execution. The following
elements are part of our strategy to improve our financial
performance and maintain our leading presence in the market:
Pursue Low-Cost Manufacturing. During 2004, we completed
the transition of manufacturing of our 10,000 RPM SCSI drives
from Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd.
(MKE) to our own
2
manufacturing facilities in Singapore. This has resulted in a
lower cost structure for the SCSI business. We are moving
forward aggressively on the transition of the manufacturing of
entry-level desktop hard disk drives from Singapore to our
manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China. Manufacturing in China
offers the potential to significantly reduce costs through a
lower salary structure, as well as reduced shipping and freight
charges as we use suppliers with a local Chinese presence.
Finally, we are pursuing additional activities to improve
factory throughput and manufacturing efficiencies.
Optimize Supply Chain and Improve Procurement
Efficiencies. We have identified opportunities in our supply
chain and procurement process that will improve our cost
structure going forward. In 2004, we announced strategic
partnerships with our two head vendors SAE/ TDK and
ALPS Electric Co. Ltd., which provide for an assured head supply
at a competitive cost. Our strategic long term relationships
with these two head suppliers provided us with early access to
leading edge hard disk drive technologies and permit us to have
efficiency in product design without significant capital
expenditures. We work with these suppliers on an ongoing basis
to provide us with competitive costs. In addition, we are
examining a variety of options that will position us to further
reduce the cost of our heads and all of our components over the
long-term. MMC, our media division, provides approximately half
of our media. During 2005, we are pursuing additional
qualifications of MMC media that will increase production volume
and improve factory utilization. Longer term, we are evaluating
options that will lower MMCs cost structure further. We
are developing plans to relocate the majority of our media
production to Asia starting in 2006. We continually work with
all our component suppliers to optimize availability, price,
quality and service. Finally, we are implementing new processes
that will enable us to reduce freight, shipping and warranty
costs.
Refocus Operating Expenses. We believe that in order to
remain competitive from a product offering and feature
standpoint, we need most of the product development and advanced
technology staff that we have today. However, we have identified
up to 200 potential employee reductions in several additional
areas in the United States, including quality, supplier
engineering and sales, general and administration and will be
eliminating these positions over the course of 2005. In
addition, there will be a reduction in headcount of up to 5,500
employees at our Singapore manufacturing facility as we
transition manufacturing of additional desktop products to China
and we plan to close one of our two sites in Singapore in early
2006. Although we are focused on reducing operating expenses, we
may hire additional personnel in key areas such as product
development and advanced research to permit us to achieve our
goals.
Rationalize Product Roadmap. Our product roadmap had
become inefficient and costly. We had two product platforms for
desktop drives a single head platform with a unique
design optimized for low-cost manufacturing and a second
platform for drives with two or more heads. In late 2004, we
made the decision to stop all new development work on the single
head platform. We will continue to support the current single
head 40 GB drive through its end-of-life, but all future
development work will be done solely on a cost-optimized
two-head platform, where we will also produce future single head
disk drives. This action will eliminate the costs associated
with the unique tooling, manufacturing, infrastructure and
capital that supported this platform. We delayed our entry into
the 2.5-inch disk drive market for mobile computing by canceling
the previously-announced 2.5-inch disk drive scheduled for
release in the first half of 2005 as a result of our evaluation
of the market for this product and our product offering. We are
developing a common, scalable architecture for our products, and
expect products with this architecture will launch by the end of
2006. We expect this common architecture will significantly
improve our development efficiency and manufacturability of
products. We have simplified our planned product introductions
of desktop drives. Rationalizing the product roadmap will allow
us to focus on quality, reliability and the predictability of
delivery schedules and help enhance customer satisfaction. Some
of the financial benefits of the new roadmap will be realized
throughout 2005. Other savings will be not be apparent until
2006, when we have achieved a much greater degree of commonality
and scalability across our entire product line.
Pursue Opportunities in Growth Markets. We believe the
demand for hard disk drives in consumer applications will
continue to grow. Today, DVRs, set-top boxes and game consoles
represent the primary market for hard disk drive volume in the
consumer electronics market. We are supplying leading
manufacturers with hard disk drives for a variety of their
consumer electronic applications. We intend to leverage our
leadership in this market by continuing to develop hard disk
drive products tailored to these applications. Our
3
Maxtor QuickView drives are designed specifically for digital
entertainment applications and include acoustics features, audio
video streaming performance, thermal monitoring systems and
error correction code. We will continue to introduce new hard
disk drives with higher capacities and features targeted
specifically to this market.
In addition, the market for consumer electronics applications
for small form factor devices, such as MP3 players, digital
cameras and cell phones, appears very promising. As consumer
understanding and acceptance of the benefits of hard drive
functionality within these devices grow and as our products
become available, we believe this market represents a
significant opportunity for us.
We also believe there is growth potential in the enterprise
market for high capacity, high reliability ATA/ Serial ATA
drives in mid-line and near-line storage applications, where
data is generated in large volumes and retrieved occasionally.
Specific applications include e-mail archiving, engineering
drawings, medical imaging, scientific data and video images. In
these environments, we believe high capacity, high reliability
desktop drives provide the optimal cost per gigabyte metric that
enterprise storage customers seek. We currently have
relationships with some of the leading storage subsystem
vendors, including EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, LSI
Logic Corporation, Network Appliance, Inc. and Storage
Technology Corporation to provide hard disk drives for these
applications and we intend to pursue additional customers and
applications for this new category.
Maintain Leading Presence With Core Computer Manufacturer,
Distribution and Retail Customers. In 2005, we will be
focusing on improving our execution, particularly with regard to
quality, reliability and dependability of delivery schedules,
for our desktop hard drives. Our timely introduction of the
next-generation areal density SCSI enterprise hard drives has
provided us with the opportunity to enhance our position with
server manufacturers.
We made progress during 2004 in expanding our presence in
emerging geographies by strengthening our relationships with
certain distributors and adding regional service centers in
India and other fast-growing economies in Asia, Europe and Latin
America. In 2005, we will leverage our in-country presence to
further penetrate these markets by working with our distributors
to offer additional services and support. We have an extensive
retail network in the United States and Western Europe. During
2005, we will seek to increase our presence in select
rapidly-growing areas of Asia.
Strengthen Core Leadership Team. We appointed a new
management team, including a new Chief Executive Officer, a new
President and Chief Operating Officer and a new Chief Financial
Officer, in late 2004. We are actively recruiting for additional
senior executive positions to further strengthen the management
of the Company. Specific positions to be filled are primarily in
engineering and general management, as well as staff areas such
as human resources.
Technology and Product Development
Hard Disk Drive Technology. The basic design of a hard
disk drive has not changed materially since its introduction in
the 1950s. The main components of the hard disk drive are the
head disk assembly and the printed circuit board. The head disk
assembly includes the head, media (disks), head positioning
mechanism (actuator) and spin motor. These components are
contained in a base plate assembly. The printed circuit board
includes custom integrated circuits, an interface connector to
the host computer and a power connector.
The head disk assembly consists of one or more disks positioned
around a spindle hub that rotates the disks by a spin motor.
Disks are made of a smooth substrate to which a thin coating of
magnetic material is applied. Each disk has a head suspended
directly above or below it, which can read data from or write
data to the spinning disk. The actuator moves the head to
precise positions on the disk.
The integrated circuits on the printed circuit board typically
include a drive interface and a controller. The drive interface
receives instructions from the computer, while the controller
directs the flow of data to or from the disks, and controls the
heads. The location of data on each disk is logically maintained
in tracks, divided into sectors. The computer sends instructions
to read data or write data to the disks based on track and
4
sector locations. Industry standard interfaces are utilized to
allow the disk drive to communicate with the computer.
A key performance metric in the hard disk drive industry is
areal density, which is the measure of stored bits
per square inch on the recording surface of a disk. A higher
areal density allows a hard disk drive provider to increase the
storage capacity for a particular drive, or to reduce the number
of heads and/or disks to achieve the same capacity. The rate of
increase in areal density for the industry has slowed as current
capacities are sufficient to meet most user requirements and the
technology to achieve higher densities has become more complex.
This slower rate of increase in areal density has meant longer
product lives, and therefore, potentially further decreases in
the price per drive in the later stages of product life, which
could exacerbate the pressure to reduce the costs of components.
This is a particular issue for us as we are not vertically
integrated with regard to supply of heads. We will continue to
pursue increases in areal density across our product lines to
address the markets with high capacity requirements.
Product Development. Our product development effort
includes advanced technology and product design.
We augment our traditional product development activities with
an advanced technology group. The advanced technology
groups purpose is to invent new disk drive technologies
and monitor and evaluate advancements for possible integration
into our future products. This group also works closely with our
product development teams and strategic component vendors to:
|
|
|
|
|
create state-of-the art technologies to be used in our future
products; |
|
|
|
develop early prototypes to ascertain the feasibility and
manufacturability of our planned products; and |
|
|
|
analyze the latest head, disk, channel, motor and application
specific integrated circuit technologies and designs to broaden
and strengthen our technology platform. |
This group also focuses on leveraging our current proven
technology platform by re-using as much electronic and
mechanical technology as possible in each successive product
generation.
Our product design group concentrates on achieving required
product specifications and improving product performance,
robustness, manufacturability, quality and materials costs. The
product design group is also responsible, in part, for executing
our new product introduction process. This process is highly
disciplined and is designed to ensure that new product designs
meet clearly specified criteria in terms of yield, scrap,
quality, productivity and production ramp rates prior to release
into volume production.
Products
Our desktop products are marketed under the Fireball,
DiamondMax, and MaXLine brand names and consist of 3.5-inch hard
disk drives with storage capacities that range from 40 to 300 GB
and speeds of 5,400 RPM and 7,200 RPM. Our desktop drives come
in configurations ranging from 1 to 4 platters per drive,
allowing us to address a wide range of applications for desktop
computers, from entry level to mid-range to the high-end. In
addition, there is an emerging market for these drives in a
variety of consumer electronics applications, including DVRs,
set-top boxes, and game consoles. All of these hard disk drives
have a number of features including high speed interfaces for
greater data throughput, a robust mechanical design for
reliability, giant magneto-resistive head technology and a
digital signal processor-based electronic architecture.
Our high performance 3.5-inch hard disk drives are for use in
storage-intensive applications such as workstations, enterprise
servers and storage subsystems. These Intel-based server
products are marketed under the Atlas brand name and provide
storage capacities of 18.4 to 300 GB and speeds of 10,000 RPM
and 15,000 RPM.
We also offer a line of personal storage products designed for
use in the home or office. Our OneTouch external storage drives
provide a simple, powerful solution for storage and backup of
important digital data,
5
including MP3 music files, digital photographs, video images and
business data. Our QuickView Expander is designed to augment the
storage of television shows and movies for DVR owners.
The table below sets forth the key performance characteristics
of our hard disk drive products.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capacity |
|
Product |
|
Rotational |
|
|
|
|
Per Disk |
|
Capacity |
|
Speed |
|
|
Products |
|
(GB*) |
|
(GB*) |
|
(RPM) |
|
Applications |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fireball 3
|
|
40 |
|
40 |
|
5,400 |
|
Entry-level Desktop PCs & Consumer Electronics |
DiamondMax 16
|
|
60/80 |
|
60/80/120/160 |
|
5,400 |
|
Mainstream Desktop PCs & Consumer Electronics |
DiamondMax 8
|
|
40 |
|
40 |
|
7,200 |
|
High-performance Desktop PCs & Workstations |
DiamondMax 8S
|
|
40 |
|
40 |
|
7,200 |
|
Entry-level Desktop PCs transitioning to Serial ATA |
DiamondMax Plus 9
|
|
60/80 |
|
60/80/120/160
200/250 |
|
7,200 |
|
High-performance Desktop PCs & Workstations |
DiamondMax10
|
|
80 |
|
80/120/160
200/250/300 |
|
7,200 |
|
High-performance Desktop PCs & Workstations |
MaXLine
|
|
80 |
|
250/300 |
|
5,400 |
|
Near-line & Mid-line Storage |
MaXLine Plus II
|
|
80 |
|
250 |
|
7,200 |
|
Near-line & Mid-line Storage |
Atlas 10K
|
|
36.7/73.5 |
|
36/73/147/300 |
|
10,000 |
|
Servers, Workstations & Storage Subsystems |
Atlas 15K
|
|
18.4/36.7 |
|
18/36/73/147 |
|
15,000 |
|
Servers, Workstations & Storage Subsystems |
Maxtor OneTouch External Hard Drive
|
|
80/100 |
|
160/200/250/
300 |
|
7,200 |
|
Personal Consumer Storage & Data Backup |
QuickView Expander External Hard Drive
|
|
80/100 |
|
160/300 |
|
7,200 |
|
DVRs & Set-top Boxes with External Serial ATA Ports |
|
|
* |
GB = A gigabyte means 1 billion bytes. Total usable
capacity may vary with operating environments. |
Manufacturing
To be competitive, we must manufacture high-quality,
high-performance hard disk drives with industry leading
time-to-volume production at competitive costs, and we must be
able to respond quickly to changes in product delivery
schedules. Our hard disk drive manufacturing operations consist
primarily of the final assembly of high-level subassemblies,
built to our specifications, and the testing of completed
products.
We manufacture our disk drives in two locations
Singapore and Suzhou, China, with our Singapore operation
conducted in two facilities. We completed construction of our
new manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China in 2004 and began
the manufacturing of entry-level desktop drives. We are
qualified for production in China by most major OEMs and
additional qualifications are expected in 2005. Also during 2004
we completed the transition of the manufacturing of our 10,000
RPM server drives from MKE, our previous contract manufacturer,
to our own facilities in Singapore. With this transition,
manufacturing of all our drives is performed by Maxtor.
Our manufacturing facilities utilize a cell-based process,
enabling us to dedicate manufacturing cells to a particular
product model. We combine our cell-based approach with a
sophisticated factory information system that collects data on
various product and quality metrics. The cell-based approach
provides us with the flexibility to readily scale our production
in response to customer needs.
6
Our cell-based process enables us to:
|
|
|
|
|
better monitor and control process trends, resulting in improved
product quality, faster time-to-volume production and overall
customer satisfaction; |
|
|
|
simultaneously manufacture multiple product configurations; |
|
|
|
quickly reconfigure our manufacturing cells to respond to
customer change requests and changes in product and customer mix; |
|
|
|
effectively adapt our inventory management model to something
closer to a build-to-order business model that many of our
desktop computer manufacturer customers have adopted; and |
|
|
|
add capacities in small increments as needed, allowing for
better capacity utilization. |
Our plan is to bring down the manufacturing lines of high
volume, single-platter desktop drives from Singapore, one at a
time, and move them to China. By early 2006, Suzhou will become
the primary site for the manufacture of our one and two-headed
single-platter hard disk drives. When completed, the transition
will enable us to close down one of our buildings in Singapore.
We also manufacture media used in our products through our
division, MMC Technology Inc. (MMC), at its
facilities in San Jose and Fremont, California. During
2005, we intend to grow volume at MMC through additional
qualifications in order to increase its factory utilization and
improve profitability. In addition, we are developing plans to
relocate the majority of our media production to Asia starting
in 2006.
Materials and Supply Chain
We have developed and continue to develop strategic
relationships with leading suppliers of many of the key
components for our hard disk drive products. These relationships
enable us to actively manage our supply chain to improve our
ability to choose state-of-the-art components and to reduce
component inventory and overall product costs. In addition, our
strategic suppliers work closely with our advanced technology
group, enabling us to gain early access to leading edge hard
disk drive technology and to improve the overall efficiency of
our product design process.
We rely on a limited number of suppliers to provide Maxtor
specific components for our products. These components include
heads, media, custom electronics, motors and mechanical parts.
Maxtor will typically qualify two or three sources for these key
components for each product in order to meet supply assurance
requirements. During 2004, we announced strategic partnerships
with our two head suppliers, SAE/ TDK and ALPS Electric. MMC,
our internal source of media supply, provided approximately 50%
of our media needs in 2004. We have selected a single source for
some of our components, however, in these cases, we have
qualified dual manufacturing facilities to ensure availability
of supply and flexibility.
Customers and Sales Channels
We sell our products directly to leading manufacturers of
desktop computer and server systems and consumer electronics
devices, through key distributors and through the retail
channel. Leading OEM customers include Dell Computer
Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, Samex Inc., Sanmina and
Solectron Corporation. Leading distributors include Almasa
Computer LLC, Bell Microproducts Inc., Esys Integrated Pty.
Ltd., Formoza Electronics GMBH and Ingram Micro Inc. Retail
chain stores that feature our products include Best Buy,
CompUSA, Frys Electronics, Office Depot and Staples.
Manufacturers. Revenue from our five largest OEM
customers, represented 25.6%, 25.1% and 23.0% in 2004, 2003, and
2002, respectively. None of our customers accounted for 10% or
greater of our sales in 2004. Dell represented 11.0% of our
sales in fiscal 2003 and 11.5% in fiscal 2002. No other customer
represented over 10% of our sales during such periods. We
believe that our success depends on our ability to maintain and
further develop strong customer relationships with desktop,
storage and server computer system and consumer electronics
manufacturers and to provide products that fit their specific
needs.
7
Distributors. We use a select group of distributors to
sell our products cost-effectively to the large number of
geographically dispersed customers, which tend to hold small
market shares of the overall desktop and server computer
markets. These distributors service value-added resellers,
dealers, system integrators and small desktop and server
manufacturers. Distributors accounted for 39.4%, 41.8% and 47.2%
of our revenue in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Distributors generally enter into non-exclusive agreements with
us for the purchase and redistribution of product. Purchase
orders are placed and revised on a weekly basis. We grant
certain of our distributors price protection and limited rights
to return product on a rotation basis.
Retailers. To expand awareness of the Maxtor brand, we
sell our retail-packaged products, including hard disk drives
and external storage devices, into the retail channel. We sell
directly to major retailers such as computer superstores,
warehouse clubs and computer electronics stores, and authorized
sales through distributors to smaller retailers. Retailers
accounted for 8.6%, 7.7% and 4.9% of our revenue in 2004, 2003
and 2002, respectively. We believe the retail channel
complements other sales channels. Retailers supply the
after-market upgrade sector in which end users
purchase and install hard disk drive products to upgrade their
computers. Retail distribution is also an important channel for
the sale of our external storage products which appeal to the
end user interested in emerging consumer applications that have
extensive storage requirements, such as digital photography, MP3
music downloads, video-editing and data backup. We grant certain
of our retailers price protection and limited rights to return
product on a rotation basis.
We conduct our operations internationally, with sales to both
domestic as well as foreign customers. For further information,
see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and note 17 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Sales and Marketing
We market and sell our products to leading personal computer,
Intel-based server, storage subsystem and consumer electronics
manufacturers, distributors and retailers. Our representative
offices are located throughout the United States and in
Australia, Peoples Republic of China, France, Germany,
Great Britain, Hong Kong, Japan, Republic of Korea, Russia,
Singapore, Switzerland, Taiwan and United Arab Emirates. We have
formed multi-disciplined, dedicated account and channel teams
focused on each current and targeted strategic personal
computer, Intel-based server, storage subsystem and consumer
electronics OEM, as well as regional distributor and retail
accounts. These teams generally are comprised of representatives
from our sales, marketing, engineering and quality
organizations. Our senior management also takes an active role
in our sales efforts. Dedicated field sales and technical
support personnel are located in close proximity to the
manufacturing facilities of each of our desktop computer
manufacturer customers.
Our marketing and public relations functions are performed both
internally and through outside firms. Public relations, direct
marketing, worldwide packaging and marketing materials are
focused and targeted to various end-user markets. We utilize
both consumer media and trade publications. We have programs
under which qualifying resellers are reimbursed for certain
advertising expenditures. We also have invested in direct
marketing and customer satisfaction programs. We maintain
ongoing contact with end users through primary and secondary
market research, focus groups, product registrations and
technical support databases.
Backlog
We generally sell standard products according to standard
agreements or purchase order terms. Delivery dates are specified
by purchase orders. Such orders may be subject to change,
cancellation or rescheduling by the customer without significant
penalties. The quantity actually purchased and shipment
schedules are frequently revised to reflect changes in the
customers needs. In addition, orders for our products are
filled for several large customers from just-in-time inventory
warehouses, and orders are not placed ahead of time on our order
entry backlog system. Instead, we receive a periodic forecast of
requirements from the customer. Upon shipment from the
just-in-time warehouse, the customer is invoiced. In light of
these factors, backlog reporting as of any particular date may
not be indicative of our actual revenue for any succeeding
period and, therefore, is not necessarily an accurate predictor
of our future revenue.
8
Competition
We compete primarily with manufacturers of 3.5-inch hard disk
drives for desktop and Intel-based server computers and consumer
electronics applications. Our competitors in the hard disk drive
market include Fujitsu, Hitachi Global Storage, Samsung, Seagate
Technology, and Western Digital. In 2004, according to IDC, we
were the third largest provider of hard disk drives worldwide
based on units shipped.
We believe that the most important competitive factors in the
hard disk drive market are breadth of product lines,
introduction of competitive products as measured by storage
capacity, performance, quality, price, time-to-market
introduction, time-to-volume production, customer
qualifications, reliability and technical service and support.
The desktop computer market segment and the overall hard disk
drive market are intensely competitive even during periods when
demand is stable. Many of our competitors historically have had
a number of significant advantages, including larger market
shares, a broader array of product lines, preferred vendor
status with customers, extensive name recognition and marketing
power, and significantly greater financial, technical and
manufacturing resources. Some of our competitors make many of
their own components, which may provide them with benefits
including lower costs. In addition, our competitors may also
engage in business practices that could reduce the demand for
our products. These practices could include lowering prices to
gain market share, bundling products with other products to
increase demand, or developing new technologies which would
significantly reduce the cost of their products.
Increasing competition could reduce the demand for our products
and/or the prices of our products by introducing technologically
more advanced or less expensive products, which could reduce our
revenues. In addition, new competitors could emerge and rapidly
capture market share. If we fail to compete successfully against
current or future competitors, our business, financial condition
and operating results will suffer.
Intellectual Property
The Company indemnifies certain customers, distributors,
suppliers, and subcontractors for attorney fees and damages and
costs awarded against these parties in certain circumstances in
which its products are alleged to infringe third party
intellectual property rights, including patents, registered
trademarks, or copyrights. The terms of its indemnification
obligations are generally perpetual from the effective date of
the agreement. In certain cases, there are limits on and
exceptions to its potential liability for indemnification
relating to intellectual property.
We have been granted, as of January 31, 2005, 815 U.S. and
166 foreign patents related to hard disk drive products and
technologies, and have additional patent applications pending in
the United States and certain foreign countries. We have patent
protection on certain aspects of our technology and also rely on
trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, as well as
contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights. There
can be no assurance that our protective measures will be
adequate to protect our proprietary rights; that others,
including competitors with substantially greater resources, have
not developed or will not independently develop or otherwise
acquire equivalent or superior technology; or that we will not
be required to obtain licenses requiring us to pay royalties to
the extent that our products may use the intellectual property
of others, including, without limitation, our products that may
also be subject to patents owned or licensed by others. There
can be no assurance that any patents will be issued pursuant to
our current or future patent applications, or that patents
issued pursuant to such applications or any patents we own or
have license to use will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged. In the case of products offered in rapidly emerging
markets, such as consumer electronics, our competitors may file
patents more rapidly or in greater numbers, resulting in the
issuance of patents that may result in unexpected infringement
assertions against us. Moreover, there can be no assurance that
the rights granted under any such patents will provide
competitive advantages to us or be adequate to safeguard and
maintain our proprietary rights.
Litigation may be necessary to enforce patents issued or
licensed to us, to protect trade secrets or know-how owned by us
or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our
proprietary rights or those of others. We could incur
substantial costs in seeking enforcement of our issued or
licensed patents against
9
infringement or the unauthorized use of our trade secrets and
proprietary know-how by others or in defending ourselves against
claims of infringement by others, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations. In addition, the laws of certain countries in
which our products are manufactured and sold, including various
countries in Asia, may not protect our products and intellectual
property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United
States, and there can be no assurance that such laws will be
enforced in an effective manner. Any failure by us to enforce
and protect our intellectual property rights could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. We are subject to existing claims
relating to our intellectual property which are costly to defend
and may harm our business. For further information, see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Certain Factors
Affecting Future Performance.
Employees
As of December 25, 2004, we had 13,656 employees worldwide,
including 1,392 in engineering, research and development; 324 in
marketing, sales and customer technical support; 11,178 in
manufacturing; 431 in operational support; and 331 in executive,
general management and administration. As of December 25,
2004, we had 8,547 employees at our manufacturing facilities in
Singapore, 1,600 employees at our manufacturing facilities in
California, 1,314 employees at our manufacturing facilities in
China and 171 employees at our foreign sales offices. None of
our U.S. employees are currently represented by a labor
organization. In May 1997, our Singapore subsidiary recognized a
labor union, the United Workers of Electronics and Electrical
Industries (UWEEI), and in November 1998, signed a
three-year collective bargaining agreement with that union.
Thereafter, in September 2001, our Singapore subsidiary
concluded negotiations with the UWEEI and entered into a three
year collective bargaining agreement. Another three year
collective bargaining agreement was negotiated and concluded in
December 2004 between UWEEI and our Singapore subsidiary. We
believe that our employee relations are positive.
Executive Officers
The following table lists the names, ages, positions and offices
held by, and a brief account of the business experience of, each
executive officer of the Company as of March 4, 2005. There
are no family relationships between any director or executive
officer of the Company. Executive officers serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position with the Company |
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. C.S. Park
|
|
57 |
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
Michael J. Wingert
|
|
44 |
|
President and Chief Operating Officer |
Duston M. Williams
|
|
46 |
|
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer |
Fariba Danesh
|
|
46 |
|
Executive Vice President, Operations |
Kurt Richarz
|
|
44 |
|
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales |
John Viera
|
|
55 |
|
Senior Vice President, Human Resources |
David L. Beaver
|
|
51 |
|
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Materials and Chief Procurement
Officer |
Dr. C.S. Park has been our Chief Executive Office
since November 2004. Dr. Park has been Chairman of our
Board of Directors since May 1998 and has served as a member of
our Board of Directors since February 1994. Dr. Park served
as Investment Partner and Senior Advisor at H & Q Asia
Pacific, a private equity firm, from April 2004 until September
2004, and as a Managing Director for the firm from November 2002
to March 2004. Dr. Park served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Hynix Semiconductor, Inc. from March 2000
to May 2002, and from June 2000 to May 2002 he also served as
its Chairman. Dr. Park served as Chairman of Hynix
Semiconductor America Inc. from September 1996 to July 2002, and
from September 1996 to March 2000 he also served as its
President and Chief Executive Officer. From September 1996 to
May 1998, Dr. Park served as Vice Chairman of our Board of
Directors. Dr. Park served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer from February 1995 until July 1996. From 1993
until his appointment as our
10
President and Chief Executive Officer in 1995, he was Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of Axil Computer, Inc., a
workstation computer manufacturer.
Michael J. Wingert has been our President and Chief
Operating Officer since November 2004. Mr. Wingert
previously served at Cornice, Inc. as Chief Operating Officer
since June 2004, as President and Chief Executive Officer since
July 2004. Mr. Wingert served as our Executive Vice
President/ General Manager, Server Products Group from November
2001 to June 2004. From November 1999 until November 2001,
Mr. Wingert served as our Vice President, Desktop
Engineering and became Senior Vice President, Engineering in
April 2001. Before his promotion to Vice President, Desktop
Engineering, he was our Vice President, Engineering for five
years. Prior to joining us in 1994, Mr. Wingert held
various senior management positions in product test and
development at IBM.
Duston M. Williams has been our Executive Vice President,
Finance and Chief Financial Officer since December 2004.
Mr. Williams previously served as Chief Financial Officer
of Aruba Wireless Networks, a network infrastructure company,
from 2003 to 2004, Chief Financial Officer of Rhapsody Networks,
a storage networking provider (acquired by Brocade
Communications Systems in 2003), from 2001 to 2003 and Chief
Financial Officer of Netigy Corporation, a networking consulting
company (acquired by ThruPoint Inc. in 2001), from 2000 to 2001.
From 1986 to 1999, Mr. Williams served in a variety of
accounting and finance positions at Western Digital Corporation,
a maker of hard disk drives, including its Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer from 1996.
Fariba Danesh has been our Executive Vice President,
Operations since September 2004. Ms. Danesh served as
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Finisar
Corporation, a provider of fiber optic subsystems and components
and network test and monitoring systems which enable high-speed
data communications, from April 2003 to September 2004.
Ms. Danesh served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of Genoa Corporation from June 2002 to April 2003, when Genoa
was acquired by Finisar. From June 2000 to June 2002, she served
as Genoas Senior Vice President, Operations. Prior to
joining Genoa, Ms. Danesh was employed by Sanmina
Corporation as Vice President, Manufacturing, from September
1999 to June 2000.
Kurt Richarz has been our Senior Vice President,
Worldwide Sales since February 2005. Mr. Richarz joined
Maxtor in July 2002 as Vice President of Global Accounts. He
became our Vice President of Worldwide Sales in April 2004. From
1990 until 2001, Mr. Richarz worked for Quantum Corporation
in various capacities, most recently as Vice President of Sales
from 1996 to 2001.
John Viera has been our Senior Vice President Human
Resources since July 2004. Prior to joining in 2003,
Mr. Viera was senior vice president of human resources for
Aspect Communications from February 1998 to September 2003.
Previously he had been vice president of human resources for
Octel Communications from 1989 to 1996, director of employee
relations and organization development for KLA-Tencor from 1997
to 1998, and has held various human resources management
positions for Impell Corporation, Xerox Corporation, Avantek and
Ford Motor Company from 1970 to 1989. In addition, from 1996 to
1997, he has been a Senior Consultant for the Stayer Consulting
Group, specializing in executive development and organization
development.
David L. Beaver has been our Senior Vice President,
Worldwide Materials and Chief Procurement Officer since November
2001. From May 1998 until November 2001, Mr. Beaver served
as our Vice President, Worldwide Materials and became Senior
Vice President, Worldwide Materials in April 2001. From March
1997 to May 1998, Mr. Beaver was Vice President of Far East
Materials and Logistics in our Singapore factory. From 1994 to
1997, he was Director of Operations and Materials at EMASS, an
E-systems data storage company. From 1991 to 1994, he was
Director of Corporate Materials Procurement at SyQuest, a
storage company. He has over 20 years high tech data
storage business management experience.
Available Information
Our website address is http://www.maxtor.com. We file reports
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC),
which we make available on our website free of charge. These
reports include annual
11
reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports,
each of which is provided on our website as soon as reasonably
practicable after we electronically file such materials with or
furnish them to the SEC. You can also read and copy any
materials we file with the SEC at the SECs Public
Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC
20549. You can obtain additional information about the operation
of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and
information statements, and other information regarding issuers
that file electronically with the SEC, including us.
Our corporate headquarters, sales, marketing and advanced
technology operations are located in a 776,000 square foot
facility we lease in Milpitas, California. Of the
776,000 square feet, 427,000 support our ongoing operations
and 349,000 remain vacant. We lease a 221,000 square foot
facility in San Jose, California and a 183,000 square
foot facility in Fremont, California, which we use for research
and manufacturing of disk drive media.
We also lease 477,000 square feet of engineering and pilot
production operations as well as administrative, marketing and
materials facilities in Longmont, Colorado. Of the Longmont
facilities leases 27,000 square feet will terminate in
March 2006 and 450,000 will terminate in March 2016 and is
renewable for five years.
We own and occupy 672,000 square feet in Shrewsbury,
Massachusetts housing design and customer engineering, as well
as advanced technology. Maxtor owns the Shrewsbury facility and
203,849 square feet of that facility is currently
subleased. We also own and sublease a 180,000 square foot
facility in Louisville, Colorado. All of our other domestic
facilities are leased.
Operations outside of the United States primarily consist of two
manufacturing plants in Singapore that produce subassemblies and
final assemblies for the Companys hard disk drive
products. The manufacturing facilities are located in two owned
multi-story buildings in Singapore totaling approximately
802,000 square feet, which are located on two parcels of
leased land totaling approximately 560,000 square feet,
with leases terminating in 2016 and 2018, both with an option to
renew for 30 years. In the second half of 2004 we brought
online a manufacturing facility in the Suzhou Industrial Park in
Suzhou, China. The building is owned and is approximately
800,000 square feet located on a parcel of leased land with
a term of 49 years.
We also lease various sales and support facilities in Australia,
the Peoples Republic of China, France, Germany, Hong Kong,
Ireland, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Russia, Scotland,
Singapore, Switzerland, Taiwan, United Arab Emirates and the
United States.
The aggregate rent under all of our worldwide leases is
currently $31.8 million per annum. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to obtain additional space to
accommodate our future needs or dispose of excess space as
required on reasonable terms.
|
|
Item 3. |
Legal Proceedings |
Prior to our acquisition of the Quantum HDD business, we, on the
one hand, and Quantum and MKE, on the other hand, were sued by
Papst Licensing, GmbH, a German corporation, for infringement of
a number of patents that relate to hard disk drives.
Papsts complaint against Quantum and MKE was filed on
July 30, 1998, and Papsts complaint against Maxtor
was filed on March 18, 1999. Both lawsuits, filed in the
United States District Court for the Northern District of
California, were transferred by the Judicial Panel on
Multidistrict Litigation to the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of Louisiana for coordinated pre-trial
proceedings with other pending litigations involving the Papst
patents (the MDL Proceeding). The matters will be
transferred back to the District Court for the Northern District
of California for trial. Papsts infringement allegations
are based on spindle motors that Maxtor and Quantum purchased
from third party motor vendors, including MKE, and the use of
such spindle motors in hard disk drives. We purchased the
overwhelming majority of the spindle motors used in our hard
disk drives from vendors that were licensed under the Papst
patents. Quantum purchased many spindle motors used in its hard
12
disk drives from vendors that were not licensed under the Papst
patents, including MKE. As a result of our acquisition of the
Quantum HDD business, we assumed Quantums potential
liabilities to Papst arising from the patent infringement
allegations Papst asserted against Quantum. We filed a motion to
substitute Maxtor for Quantum in this litigation. The motion was
denied by the Court presiding over the MDL Proceeding, without
prejudice to being filed again in the future.
In February 2002, Papst and MKE entered into an agreement to
settle Papsts pending patent infringement claims against
MKE. That agreement includes a license of certain Papst patents
to MKE, which might provide Quantum, and thus us, with
additional defenses to Papsts patent infringement claims.
On April 15, 2002, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict
Litigation ordered a separation of claims and remand to the
District of Columbia of certain claims between Papst and another
party involved in the MDL Proceeding. By order entered
June 4, 2002, the court stayed the MDL Proceeding pending
resolution by the District of Columbia court of the remanded
claims. These separated claims relating to the other party are
currently proceeding in the District Court for the District of
Columbia.
The results of any litigation are inherently uncertain and Papst
may assert other infringement claims relating to current
patents, pending patent applications, and/or future patent
applications or issued patents. Additionally, we cannot assure
you we will be able to successfully defend ourselves against
this or any other Papst lawsuit. Because the Papst complaints
assert claims to an unspecified dollar amount of damages, and
because we were at an early stage of discovery when the
litigation was stayed, we are unable to determine the possible
loss, if any, that we may incur as a result of an adverse
judgment or a negotiated settlement. A favorable outcome for
Papst in these lawsuits could result in the issuance of an
injunction against us and our products and/or the payment of
monetary damages equal to a reasonable royalty. In the case of a
finding of a willful infringement, we also could be required to
pay treble damages and Papsts attorneys fees. The
litigation could result in significant diversion of time by our
technical personnel, as well as substantial expenditures for
future legal fees. Accordingly, although we cannot currently
estimate whether there will be a loss, or the size of any loss,
a litigation outcome favorable to Papst could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results. Management believes that it has valid
defenses to the claims of Papst and is defending this matter
vigorously.
|
|
Item 4. |
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders |
No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders
during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended
December 25, 2004.
13
PART II
|
|
Item 5. |
Market for Registrants Common Equity and Related
Stockholder Matters |
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under
the symbol MXO. The table below sets forth the range
of quarterly high and low sales prices for our common stock as
reported by the New York Stock Exchange. Our fiscal year end is
the last Saturday of December, conforming to a 52/53-week year
methodology.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High | |
|
Low | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Fiscal 2005 First Quarter (through March 4, 2005)
|
|
$ |
5.95 |
|
|
$ |
4.18 |
|
Fiscal 2004 Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
5.84 |
|
|
|
2.89 |
|
Fiscal 2004 Third Quarter
|
|
|
6.68 |
|
|
|
3.57 |
|
Fiscal 2004 Second Quarter
|
|
|
8.53 |
|
|
|
6.50 |
|
Fiscal 2004 First Quarter
|
|
|
12.40 |
|
|
|
7.94 |
|
Fiscal 2003 Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
15.30 |
|
|
|
9.55 |
|
Fiscal 2003 Third Quarter
|
|
|
13.19 |
|
|
|
7.51 |
|
Fiscal 2003 Second Quarter
|
|
|
7.52 |
|
|
|
4.85 |
|
Fiscal 2003 First Quarter
|
|
|
6.72 |
|
|
|
5.02 |
|
As of March 4, 2005, there were 1,313 stockholders of
record of our common stock including The Depository
Trust Company, which holds shares of Maxtor common stock on
behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners.
Dividend Policy
We have never paid cash dividends on our stock and do not
anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
14
|
|
Item 6. |
Selected Consolidated Financial Information |
The following table presents the consolidated financial
information for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 30, | |
|
December 29, | |
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001(1) | |
|
2002(2) | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions, except share and per share amounts) | |
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
2,690.9 |
|
|
$ |
3,765.5 |
|
|
$ |
3,779.5 |
|
|
$ |
4,086.4 |
|
|
$ |
3,796.3 |
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
2,317.7 |
|
|
|
3,403.0 |
|
|
|
3,382.1 |
|
|
|
3,385.4 |
|
|
|
3,423.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
373.2 |
|
|
|
362.5 |
|
|
|
397.4 |
|
|
|
701.0 |
|
|
|
372.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
211.8 |
|
|
|
411.2 |
|
|
|
401.0 |
|
|
|
354.0 |
|
|
|
323.2 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
99.7 |
|
|
|
232.0 |
|
|
|
148.5 |
|
|
|
131.7 |
|
|
|
127.9 |
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176.3 |
|
|
|
82.2 |
|
|
|
85.3 |
|
|
|
36.0 |
|
|
Purchased in-process research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
311.5 |
|
|
|
914.7 |
|
|
|
641.2 |
|
|
|
571.0 |
|
|
|
552.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
61.7 |
|
|
|
(552.2 |
) |
|
|
(243.8 |
) |
|
|
130.0 |
|
|
|
(179.9 |
) |
Interest expense
|
|
|
(13.7 |
) |
|
|
(25.2 |
) |
|
|
(27.0 |
) |
|
|
(30.6 |
) |
|
|
(32.4 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
19.8 |
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Income from litigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
Other gain (loss)
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
(6.2 |
) |
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
74.1 |
|
|
|
(563.3 |
) |
|
|
(258.4 |
) |
|
|
104.0 |
|
|
|
(182.2 |
) |
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
72.4 |
|
|
|
(566.7 |
) |
|
|
(260.6 |
) |
|
|
100.5 |
|
|
|
(181.9 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(40.6 |
) |
|
$ |
(48.2 |
) |
|
$ |
(73.5 |
) |
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
31.8 |
|
|
$ |
(614.9 |
) |
|
$ |
(334.1 |
) |
|
$ |
102.7 |
|
|
$ |
(181.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$ |
0.64 |
|
|
$ |
(2.74 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(0.36 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.23 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.31 |
) |
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
(2.97 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$ |
0.61 |
|
|
$ |
(2.74 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(0.34 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.23 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.31 |
) |
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
$ |
(2.97 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in per share calculation (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
113,433 |
|
|
|
206,912 |
|
|
|
239,474 |
|
|
|
243,023 |
|
|
|
247,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
119,116 |
|
|
|
206,912 |
|
|
|
239,474 |
|
|
|
251,136 |
|
|
|
247,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
1,024.9 |
|
|
$ |
2,536.7 |
|
|
$ |
2,182.1 |
|
|
$ |
2,543.5 |
|
|
$ |
2,114.5 |
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
628.9 |
|
|
|
1,169.8 |
|
|
|
1,166.6 |
|
|
|
1,263.0 |
|
|
|
1,090.2 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
92.3 |
|
|
|
244.5 |
|
|
|
206.3 |
|
|
|
355.8 |
|
|
|
382.6 |
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
303.7 |
|
|
|
931.7 |
|
|
|
623.8 |
|
|
|
752.0 |
|
|
|
583.4 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes operations of Quantum HDD since April 2, 2001 and
of MMC since September 2, 2001. |
|
(2) |
Commencing in fiscal 2002, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and
Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142).
SFAS 142 requires, among other things, the discontinuance
of goodwill amortization. In addition, the standard included
provisions upon adoption for the reclassification of certain
existing recognized intangibles as goodwill, reassessment of the
useful lives of existing recognized intangibles,
reclassification of certain intangibles out of previously
reported goodwill and the testing for impairment of existing
goodwill and other intangibles. As a result, the Company
reclassified its existing acquired assembled workforce balance
to goodwill, as it does not meet the separate recognition
criterion according to SFAS 142. See note 5 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements. |
15
|
|
Item 7. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations |
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
Item 1: Business, Item 6: Selected Financial
Information and Item 8: Consolidated Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data.
This report contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws that involve
risks and uncertainties. The statements contained in this report
that are not purely historical, including, without limitation,
statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or
strategies regarding the future, are forward-looking statements.
Examples of forward-looking statements in this report include
statements regarding future revenue, gross profit, demand,
average selling prices, cost improvements, capital expenditures,
liquidity, depreciation and amortization charges, impacts of our
restructuring, our indemnification obligations, the results of
litigation, and development and product launch schedules. In
this report, the words anticipate,
believe, expect, intend,
may, will, should,
could, would, project,
plan, estimate, predict,
potential, future, continue,
or similar expressions also identify forward-looking statements.
These statements are only predictions. We make these
forward-looking statements based upon information available on
the date hereof, and we have no obligation (and expressly
disclaim any such obligation) to update or alter any such
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events, or otherwise. Our actual results
could differ materially from those anticipated in this report as
a result of certain factors including, but not limited to, those
set forth in the following section entitled
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Certain Factors
Affecting Future Performance and elsewhere in this
report.
Background
Maxtor Corporation (Maxtor or the
Company) was founded in 1982 and completed an
initial public offering of common stock in 1986. In 1994, we
sold 40% of our outstanding common stock to Hyundai Electronics
Industries (now Hynix Semiconductors Inc.
HSI) and its affiliates. In early 1996, Hyundai
Electronics America (now Hynix Semiconductor America
Inc. Hynix) acquired all of the
remaining publicly held shares of our common stock as well as
all of our common stock then held by Hynix Semiconductor, Inc.
and its affiliates. In July 1998, we completed a public offering
of 49.7 million shares of our common stock, receiving net
proceeds of approximately $328.8 million from the offering.
In February 1999, we completed a public offering of
7.8 million shares of our common stock with net proceeds to
us of approximately $95.8 million.
On April 2, 2001, we acquired Quantum Corporations
Hard Disk Drive Group (Quantum HDD). The primary
reason for our acquisition of Quantum HDD was to create a
stronger, more competitive company, with enhanced prospects for
continued viability in the storage industry.
On September 2, 2001, we completed the acquisition of MMC
Technology, Inc. (MMC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Hynix. MMC, based in San Jose, California, designs,
develops and manufactures media for hard disk drives. Prior to
the acquisition, sales to Maxtor comprised 95% of MMCs
annual revenues. The primary reason for our acquisition of MMC
was to provide us with a reliable source of supply of media.
On October 9, 2001, Hynix sold 23,329,843 shares of
Maxtor common stock in a registered public offering. Maxtor did
not receive any proceeds from Hynixs sale of Maxtor stock
to the public. In addition, at the same time and on the same
terms as Hynixs sale of Maxtor stock to the public, we
repurchased 5.0 million shares from Hynix for an aggregate
purchase price of $20.0 million. These repurchased shares
are being held as treasury shares.
On August 15, 2002, we announced our decision to shut down
our Network Systems Group (NSG) and cease the
manufacturing and sale of our
MaxAttachtm
branded network attached storage products. We worked with NSG
customers for an orderly wind down of the business. The network
attached storage market had fragmented since our entrance in
1999, with one segment of the NAS market becoming more
commoditized and the other segment placing us in competition
with some of our hard disk drive customers. The shut down of the
operations of our NSG business allowed us to focus on our core
hard disk drive market and further reduce expenses. The NSG
business was accounted for as a discontinued operation and
therefore,
16
results of operations and cash flows have been removed from our
results of continuing operations for all periods presented in
this report. For additional information regarding the NSG
discontinued operations, see note 12 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
On May 7, 2003, we sold $230 million in aggregate
principal amount of 6.8% convertible senior notes due in
April 2010 to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. For
additional information regarding the convertible senior notes,
see the discussion below under the heading Liquidity and
Capital Resources.
Executive Overview
Maxtor is a leading supplier of hard disk drives for desktop
computers, Intel-based servers and consumer electronics
applications. We sell to OEMs, distributors and retail customers
worldwide. We manufacture our products in our factories in
Singapore and China. We produce approximately 50% of our
required media and purchase the remainder of our components from
third party suppliers.
We estimate that approximately 80% of our revenue will come from
our desktop computer products in 2005. Revenue from our One
Touch personal storage products and other retail products are a
growing part of our business and we expect these products will
represent in the aggregate approximately 6-8% of our revenue in
2005. Hard disk drives for Intel-based servers are expected to
represent approximately 12-14% of our revenue in 2005. We have
recently introduced our next generation server products which
have received strong market acceptance. We expect strong demand
for our server products at least through the second quarter of
2005. Although our server products were unprofitable during
2004, we expect to have improved gross profit on these products
throughout 2005. We expect only modest improvement in gross
profit for our desktop products in 2005.
Maxtor had several challenges in 2004, including product quality
issues, an uncompetitive cost structure and high operating
expenses. A new management team, appointed at the end of 2004,
has identified several opportunities and developed a strategy to
address the Companys business issues. We have made
progress on quality improvements on our desktop products and we
experienced increased volume at our OEM customers in the fourth
quarter of 2004. During 2005, the Company will focus on
improving the efficiency of our product roadmap, lowering our
cost of goods sold and reducing operating costs. We stopped
development on our single-head desktop platform in late 2004 and
delayed our planned entry into the 2.5-inch mobile drive market
by canceling the product which was scheduled to ship in the
first half of 2005. These actions will result in charges of
$6.0 million in the first quarter 2005. We will be funding
accelerated development efforts in small form factor products
for the emerging handheld consumer markets in 2005, with a goal
to have those products available to ship in volume in 2006. We
are continuing development efforts on our next generation
multi-head desktop products and will be developing a common,
scalable architecture for our products. We expect products with
this architecture will launch by the end of 2006 and we expect
this common architecture will significantly improve our
development efficiency and manufacturability of our products. We
will also be funding development for our enterprise products and
retail products in 2005.
We are working on achieving cost improvements from our captive
media supplier, MMC, and from our two head suppliers. We will be
accelerating the move of one- and two-headed drives for desktop
computers to our China facility during 2005 and by the end of
2005 we expect two-thirds of our desktop disk drive products
will be manufactured in China. We therefore expect to reduce
headcount in our Singapore manufacturing facility by up to 5,500
employees over the course of 2005 and early 2006. We expect that
approximately 2,500 positions will be reduced by attrition and
the remainder by severance. An estimated $12.0 million will
be recorded in the first quarter of 2005 for severance-related
expenses from the reduction in force, all of which will be cash
expenditures. The Company anticipates that the cash outflow from
this charge will be approximately even over the four quarters
commencing in the second quarter of 2005. In addition to the
severance costs, the Company will also spend approximately
$6.0 million in retention bonuses over a two year period,
paid out as $1.5 million at the end of one year and
$4.5 million at the end of the second year, recorded
ratably over those periods. By the end of fiscal 2005 we expect
the China operation to deliver a 50% reduction in the labor and
overhead per drive or an approximately 2% percentage point
improvement in gross margins of
17
our desktop products. We will be taking further actions to
enhance throughput and improve manufacturing efficiencies in
2005. We are also developing plans to relocate the majority of
our media production to Asia starting in 2006 which we expect
will also lower our manufacturing cost.
We are also reducing headcount in the United States in quality,
supplier engineering and SG&A positions, and expect a total
U.S. headcount reduction in 2005 of up to 200 employees
taking place over 2005, with charges of approximately
$2.0 million expected in the first quarter of 2005 and
further charges over the remainder of the year. We are unable to
estimate the balance and timing of additional charges from these
headcount reductions at this time, as we are evaluating
personnel requirements in certain functions. At the same time,
we have decided to incrementally fund our enterprise and retail
businesses and accelerate small form factor development efforts,
which will result in incremental hiring and investment in those
areas. We believe that we can fund these additional activities
while keeping the quarterly expenses in the $100 million to
$110 million range for the year which would approximate
10.0% to 10.5% of revenues.
We believe that we have cash and cash equivalents, together with
cash generated from operations, sufficient to fund our
operations through at least the next twelve months. We expect to
maintain capital expenditures at approximately
$150 million, which would be below our annual expected
depreciation and amortization charges. We expect
severance-related payments in 2005 associated with our
restructuring activities to be approximately $13.0 million,
of which $9.0 million is related to Singapore and
$4.0 million is related to the United States. Additionally,
we expect facilities-related payments in 2005 associated with
our restructuring activities to be approximately
$12.9 million. We believe our cash conversion cycle, or the
net total of days of sales outstanding plus days of sales in
inventory less days of accounts payable outstanding, for 2005
will be zero to negative five days, allowing us to grow revenue
with limited impact to our liquidity.
There are numerous risks to our successful execution of our
business plans, including our ability to timely introduce and
ramp our new products, transition our manufacturing of desktop
products from Singapore to China, achieve manufacturing
efficiencies, negotiate additional cost reductions with
suppliers, and develop a common architectural platform in the
time projected. The Company faces competition, including
increased competition in the sale of its products to the
near-and mid-line storage market and the consumer electronics
markets and expects continuing pressure on average selling
prices. See Certain Factors Affecting Future
Performance.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our discussion and analysis of the Companys financial
condition and results of operations are based upon Maxtors
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States. The preparation of these financial statements
requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and
expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and
the sensitivity of these estimates to deviations in the
assumptions used in making them. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that are
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results
of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent
from other sources. Historically, we have been reasonably
accurate in our ability to make these estimates and judgments;
however, significant changes in our technology, our customer
base, the economy and other factors may result in material
deviations between managements estimates and actual
results.
We believe the following critical accounting policies represent
our significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation
of the Companys consolidated financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
revenue recognition; |
|
|
|
sales returns, other sales allowances and allowance for doubtful
accounts; |
|
|
|
valuation of intangibles, long-lived assets and goodwill; |
|
|
|
warranty; |
18
|
|
|
|
|
inventory reserves; |
|
|
|
income taxes; and |
|
|
|
restructuring liabilities, litigation and other contingencies. |
We derive our revenue from the sale of our products. As
described below, significant management judgments and estimates
must be made and used in connection with the revenue recognized
in any accounting period with respect to the amount of reserves
for sales returns, allowances and doubtful accounts. We have
experienced minor deviations in these areas, and believe that we
can reasonably estimate these amounts. Significant changes in
our technology or the economy may result in greater deviations
of actual results from managements estimates in these
areas, resulting in significant differences in the amount and
timing of our revenue.
In recognizing revenue in any period, we apply the provisions of
Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, Revenue
Recognition.
We recognize revenue from the sale of our products when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has
been delivered, the fee is fixed and determinable and collection
of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured; this
generally occurs upon shipment.
For all sales, we use either a binding purchase order or signed
purchase agreement as evidence of an arrangement. Sales through
our distributors are evidenced by a master agreement governing
the relationship together with binding purchase orders on a
transaction-by-transaction basis. Our arrangements generally do
not include acceptance clauses.
We assess collection based on a number of factors, including
past transaction history with the customer and the
credit-worthiness of the customer.
Delivery generally occurs when product is delivered to a common
carrier. Certain of our products are delivered on a free on
board (FOB) destination basis. We defer our revenue
associated with these transactions until the delivery has
occurred to the customers premises.
Sales to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) are
subject to agreements allowing limited rights of return and
sales incentive programs. Sales incentive programs are typically
related to an OEMs level of purchases. Estimated
reductions to revenue for sales incentive programs are provided
at the time the revenue is recorded. Returns from OEMs have not
been material in any period as the Companys principal OEM
customers have adopted build-to-order manufacturing model or
just-in-time inventory management processes which reduce the
likelihood of product returns from these customers.
Sales to distributors and retailers (resellers) are
subject to agreements allowing limited rights of return, price
protection, sales incentive programs and advertising. These
programs are generally related to a resellers level of
sales, order size or point of sale activity. We provide for
these programs as deductions from revenues at the time the
revenue is recorded. These estimates are based primarily on
estimated returns, future price erosion, customer sell-through
levels and program participation. We have historically
encountered little variability between our estimates and actual
results. However, the accuracy of our estimates is dependent on
our ability to predict future pricing, demand and supply in our
markets. We believe that we generally have good visibility of
these factors due to the short period in which the reserves
relate (6-8 weeks) and our experience of doing business in
these channels. Nevertheless, unforeseen adverse pricing
conditions or supply actions by our competitors could impact the
accuracy of our estimates and require adjustments to the reserve
to reflect our actual and anticipated experience.
Product returns are estimated in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 48, Revenue
Recognition When Right of Return Exists
(SFAS 48). Resellers have limited rights of
return which allow them to return a percentage of the prior
quarters purchases. Accordingly, revenue is not recognized
with respect to those shipments which management estimates will
be returned. We believe that
19
these estimates are reasonably accurate due to the short time
period during which our resellers can return products, the
limitations placed on their right to make returns, our long
history of conducting business directly with resellers, the
nature of our historical relationships with resellers and the
weekly reporting procedures through which we monitor inventory
levels at resellers and sales to end-users.
|
|
|
Sales Returns, Other Sales Allowances and Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts |
Our management must make estimates of potential future product
returns related to current period product revenue. Management
analyzes historical returns, current economic trends, and
changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products when
evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns and other
allowances. Significant management judgments and estimates must
be made and used in connection with establishing the sales
returns and other allowances in any accounting period.
We believe that these estimates are reasonably accurate due to
the short time period during which our resellers can return
products, the limitations placed on their right to make returns,
our long history of conducting business with resellers on a
sell-in basis, the nature of our historical relationships with
resellers and the weekly reporting procedures through which we
monitor inventory levels at resellers and sales to end-users.
Nonetheless, material differences may result in the amount and
timing of our revenue for any period if managements
judgments and estimates deviated significantly from actual
experience in the period. The provision for sales returns and
other allowances amounted to $85.3 million as of
December 25, 2004. Included in this amount are reserves for
anticipated revenue programs required to sell through the
channel inventory on hand at the end of the period. In general,
this reserve is based upon a forecast of the anticipated pricing
and supply environment in the upcoming quarter. We believe that
we generally have good visibility to these factors, due to the
short period to which the reserves relate (6-8 weeks), and
our experience of doing business in these channels.
Nevertheless, unforeseen adverse pricing conditions or actions
by our competitors could impact the accuracy of our estimates.
If actual pricing differs from our estimates, we would be
required to make an equivalent change in the reserve.
Similarly, our management must make estimates of the
collectibility of our accounts receivables. When evaluating the
adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, management
analyzes specific accounts receivable and establishes a specific
reserve based on our assessment of collectibility of specific
accounts, and we also establish a general reserve based on our
evaluation of the general risk of uncollectibility after
considering our historic bad debt experience, customer
concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic
trends and changes in our customer payment terms. Our allowance
for doubtful accounts was $8.2 million as of
December 25, 2004, consisting of 42% specific and 58%
general reserves. If the financial condition of our customers
were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability
to make payments, or if the actual bad debts differ from our
estimate, we would be required to record an adjustment to the
allowance.
|
|
|
Valuation of Intangibles, Long-Lived Assets and
Goodwill |
We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles, long-lived
assets and goodwill annually and whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be
recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger
an impairment review include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
significant under-performance relative to expected historical or
projected future operating results; |
|
|
|
significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired
assets or the strategy for our overall business; |
|
|
|
significant negative industry or economic trends; |
|
|
|
significant decline in our stock price for a sustained
period; and |
|
|
|
our market capitalization relative to net book value. |
When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles and
long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the
existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment,
we measure the potential
20
impairment based on a projected cash flow method. We measure the
carrying value of our goodwill based on the market multiple
method. The market multiple approach is one of determining a
level of revenue or earnings that is considered to be
representative of the future performance of the Company, and
multiplying this figure by an appropriate risk-adjusted
multiple. This approach provides an indication of value for the
security that corresponds with the particular earnings or
revenue figure used in the approach (for example, a multiple of
net income available to common stockholders would yield an
indication of value for the common stock). In addition to
revenue and net income, there are several different forms of
earnings used in the market multiple approach (e.g. earnings,
EBIT, and EBITDA), with each form isolating particular nuances
of the Companys operating performance.
As required by SFAS 142, we completed our impairment
analysis as of January 1, 2002, upon our adoption of
SFAS 142, and our annual review as of December 25,
2004. We found no instances of impairment of our recorded
goodwill on both dates and accordingly no impairment was
recorded.
Net intangible assets, long-lived assets, and goodwill amounted
to $875.7 million as of December 25, 2004. Although we
have not experienced impairment of goodwill, should impairment
be determined to have occurred, the change in the recorded
goodwill could be substantial, thus having a material adverse
effect on our results of operations. During the year ended
December 25, 2004, we recorded an impairment charge of
$24.2 million related to acquired intangibles. See
note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for more information.
We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties at the
time revenue is recognized. We generally warrant our products
for a period of one to five years. Effective September 2004, we
introduced a new warranty period for new sales extending the
term to three or five years for certain products shipped to the
distribution channel. Consistent with our existing accounting
policies relating to product warranties, we revised our estimate
of product warranties to reflect this new warranty period; this
revised estimate is reflected in our results reported for the
year ended December 25, 2004.
Our warranty obligation is primarily based on the following
three elements:
(1) Expected future return rate:
|
|
|
We use proprietary statistical modeling software to help
estimate the future failure rates by product. This statistical
modeling software relies on historical product design/ vintage
data, field survival data and return data on the product and on
similar products (early in the product life cycle). The Company
has comprehensive processes in place to collect data from the
design phase, in the factory during manufacturing and return
data from the Companys Enterprise Resource Planning
(ERP) system. This statistical modeling software
provides us with an estimate of the total return rates over the
warranty life of the product. We continue to update this
estimate each period as we collect additional field survival and
return data on each product. While we believe that this
statistical analysis provides us with a reasonable estimate of
our future return rates, the estimate can be impacted by
unpredicted field quality issues over the life of the individual
products. We have encountered significant variability in this
estimate relating to products which were acquired as part of an
acquisition and not designed or manufactured by Maxtor. For
example, in fiscal 2003 we experienced greater than expected
warranty expirations for products we had acquired as part of the
Quantum HDD acquisition and which were manufactured by MKE;
these expirations totaled $30.0 million or 83% of total
expirations favorably impacting this reserve. We have
experienced significantly less variability on the expected
return rates for Maxtor designed and manufactured products. For
example, in fiscal 2003 we had $9.0 million in expirations
and in fiscal 2004 we had $0.6 million in expirations
impacting this reserve. |
(2) Cost to replace the drive or make the customer whole:
|
|
|
This represents an estimate of the future cost of replacing or
making the customer whole for each drive expected to be returned
in the future. This estimate is currently based on the
historical cost of fulfilling the obligation to the customer. We
continue to revise this cost estimate as changes occur in the |
21
|
|
|
repair/recovery process. Historically we have experienced
gradual reductions to this cost per unit estimate due to ongoing
improvements to the repair/recovery process ($8.0 million
in fiscal year 2004). The Company continues to focus on further
reducing this cost in the future. |
|
|
The reduction in the estimated cost of future repair is the
result of improvements in the overall pricing structure with
third party vendors and relocating repair facilities from the
United States and Ireland to lower cost locations in Mexico and
Hungary. The Company also increased yields from its repair
processes, which increased the number of refurbished units
available as replacement units and reduced the cost of repair.
The Company will continue to make operational improvements to
its repair process throughout 2005 and the impact of these
improvements on the warranty liability will be reflected in the
period in which they are achieved. |
(3) The product installed base (number of drives in the
field):
|
|
|
This is transactional in nature and is calculated based on
shipment data extracted from the Companys ERP system and
represents the current in warranty installed base. |
As new products are sold into the market, we must initially
exercise considerable judgment in estimating the expected
failure rates. This estimating process is based on historical
experience of similar products as well as design or assembly
complexities specific to these new products.
As outlined above, should actual experience of product returns
or cost of repair differ from our estimates, revisions to the
estimated warranty liability would be required and could have a
material effect on our future results of operations.
From time to time, we may be subject to additional costs related
to non-standard warranty claims from our customers. If and when
this occurs, we generally must make further judgments and
estimates in establishing the related warranty liability. This
estimating process is based on historical experience,
communication with our customers and various assumptions that
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This
additional warranty reserve would be recorded in the
determination of net income in the period in which the
additional cost was identified.
We establish the value of our inventory at the lower of cost
(computed on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. We write
down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable
inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory
and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about
future demand. Inventory reserves were 4% and 3% of the gross
inventory balances for the years ended 2004 and 2003,
respectively. Our reserves are influenced by our estimates of
excess and obsolescent inventory, changes in market valuation of
inventory, and shrinkage. These factors are in turn impacted by
the number of products reaching end of life, the length of
product life cycles, the volatility of the pricing environment
for hard disk drives, changes in the Companys cost
structure and the location of inventory and timing of inventory
count for each location. In addition, if economic, competitive,
or other factors cause market conditions to be less favorable
than those projected by management, additional inventory
write-downs may be required which could have a material adverse
effect on our future results of operations. We have occasionally
experienced such write-downs in the past.
We account for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 109
(SFAS 109), Accounting for Income
Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our
consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate
our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we
operate. This process involves us estimating our actual current
tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences
resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax
assets and liabilities, which are included within our
consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood
that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future
taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not
likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we
22
establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a
period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in
the statement of operations.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net
deferred tax assets. We have recorded a valuation allowance of
$315.3 million as of December 25, 2004, due to
uncertainties related to our ability to utilize some of our
deferred tax assets before they expire, primarily consisting of
certain net operating losses carried forward. The valuation
allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by
jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our
deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In the event that
actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust these
estimates in future periods we may need to establish an
additional valuation allowance which could materially impact our
financial position and results of operations.
|
|
|
Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other
Contingencies |
We account for our restructuring liabilities in connection with
a business combination in accordance with Emerging Issues Task
Force No. 95-3 (EITF 95-3), Recognition
of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business
Combination. EITF 95-3 requires that we record an
estimated liability if the estimated costs are not associated
with or are not incurred to generate revenues of the combined
entity after the consummation date and they meet certain
criteria defined within EITF 95-3. We account for our
restructuring liabilities initiated after December 31, 2002
under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities (SFAS 146). During the year
ended December 25, 2004, we recorded restructuring
liabilities under SFAS 146 as described in note 13 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We accounted for
restructuring liabilities initiated in 2002 in accordance with
Emerging Issues Task Force No. 94-3
(EITF 94-3), Liability Recognition for
Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an
Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a
Restructuring), which requires us to record the liability
resulting from estimated costs that are not associated with or
do not benefit activities that will be continued. We account for
litigation and contingencies in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, Accounting
for Contingencies (SFAS 5).
SFAS No. 5 requires that we record an estimated loss
from a loss contingency when information available prior to
issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is
probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been
incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount
of loss can be reasonably estimated. While we believe that our
accruals for these matters are adequate, if the actual losses
from loss contingencies or restructuring liabilities are
significantly different than the estimated loss, our results of
operations may be materially affected. We have been required to
make such adjustments to these types of estimates in the past.
23
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth consolidated statement of
operations data for the three years ended December 28,
2002, December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004,
respectively, and the percent of revenue represented by the
various items reported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions) | |
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
3,779.5 |
|
|
$ |
4,086.4 |
|
|
$ |
3,796.3 |
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
3,382.1 |
|
|
|
3,385.4 |
|
|
|
3,423.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
397.4 |
|
|
|
701.0 |
|
|
|
372.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
401.0 |
|
|
|
354.0 |
|
|
|
323.2 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
148.5 |
|
|
|
131.7 |
|
|
|
127.9 |
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets
|
|
|
82.2 |
|
|
|
85.3 |
|
|
|
36.0 |
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
641.2 |
|
|
|
571.0 |
|
|
|
552.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(243.8 |
) |
|
|
130.0 |
|
|
|
(179.9 |
) |
Interest expense
|
|
|
(27.0 |
) |
|
|
(30.6 |
) |
|
|
(32.4 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Income from litigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
Other gain (loss)
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(258.4 |
) |
|
|
104.0 |
|
|
|
(182.2 |
) |
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(260.6 |
) |
|
|
100.5 |
|
|
|
(181.9 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(73.5 |
) |
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(334.1 |
) |
|
$ |
102.7 |
|
|
$ |
(181.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
As a Percentage of Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
89.5 |
|
|
|
82.8 |
|
|
|
90.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
17.2 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
17.0 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
14.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(6.5 |
) |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
(4.7 |
) |
Interest expense
|
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Income from litigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
Other gain (loss)
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(7.0 |
) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(6.9 |
) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(8.8 |
)% |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
|
|
(4.8 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
Fiscal Year 2004 Compared With Fiscal Year 2003
Net Revenues. Revenue in the twelve months ended
December 25, 2004 was $3,796 million. This represented
a reduction of 7.1% when compared to $4,086 million in the
corresponding period in fiscal 2003. Total shipments for the
twelve months ended December 25, 2004 were
53.6 million units, which was 1.7 million units or
3.0% lower as compared to the twelve months ended
December 27, 2003. Total units and revenue declined during
the twelve months ended December 25, 2004 as a result of
reduced shipments of our desktop products to personal computer
OEM and distribution customers. Additionally, we experienced
reduced revenue from sales of our server products that was
partially offset by growth in revenue of our digital
entertainment and Maxtor OneTouch personal storage products.
Revenue from sales to OEMs represented 52.0% of revenue in the
twelve months ended December 25, 2004 compared to 50.5% of
revenue in the corresponding period in fiscal year 2003. In
absolute dollars, sales to OEMs decreased 4.3% during the twelve
months ended December 25, 2004. The decrease was primarily
the result of reduced shipments of desktop products to major
personal computer OEM customers. This reduction was caused by
product quality issues that resulted in lost sales opportunities
at these customers. Additionally, we experienced reduced revenue
from sales of our server products. This reduction was a result
of supply constraints resulting from the transition from our
Atlas 10K IV to our Atlas 10K V product. Although overall
shipments of server products increased slightly, price erosion
and a capacity mix for our server products which included a
higher percentage of our Atlas 10K IV product led to a decrease
in revenue. The decreases experienced in desktop and server
revenue were partially offset by increased demand for our
digital entertainment products at regional OEMs.
Revenue from sales to the distribution channel and retail
customers in the twelve months ended December 25, 2004
represented 48.0% of revenue, compared to 49.5% of revenue, in
the corresponding period in fiscal 2003.
Revenue from sales to the distribution channel in the twelve
months ended December 25, 2004 represented 39.4% of
revenue, compared to 41.8% of revenue, in the corresponding
period in fiscal 2003. In absolute dollars, sales to the
distribution channel decreased 12.5%, during the twelve months
ended December 25, 2004. The decrease was primarily the
result of our strategy to mitigate price erosion and achieve a
balanced supply environment regarding our desktop products.
Although this strategy resulted in a more stable distribution
environment at the end of the year, it had the adverse affect of
reducing overall shipments to the distribution channel. We also
experienced reduced revenue from sales of our server products.
The decrease was primarily the result of limited product supply.
The reduced supply was driven by the transition from our Atlas
10K IV to our Atlas 10K V product and our decision to allocate
product to our OEM customers.
Revenue from sales to retail customers in the twelve months
ended December 25, 2004 represented 8.6% of revenue,
compared to 7.7% of revenue in the corresponding period in
fiscal 2003. In absolute dollars, sales to the retail channel
increased 4.0%, during the twelve months ended December 25,
2004. The increase in retail sales as a percentage of revenue
and in absolute dollars during the twelve month periods was the
result of the increase in sales of our Maxtor OneTouch personal
storage products.
Domestic revenue in the twelve months ended December 25,
2004 represented 32.1% of total sales compared to 35.4% of total
sales in the corresponding period in fiscal year 2003. Domestic
revenue includes sales to the United States and Canada. The
decrease in domestic revenue as a percentage of total revenue
during the twelve months ended December 25, 2004 was a
result of decreased shipments of desktop products to major
personal computer OEM and distribution customers resulting from
product quality issues and channel strategy, as previously
discussed. Revenue from sales of our server products also
decreased in the OEM and Distribution channels as a result of
limited product supply driven by the transition from our Atlas
10K IV to our Atlas 10K V products. These reductions were
partially offset by the increase in sales of our digital
entertainment and Maxtor OneTouch personal storage products.
International revenue in the twelve months ended
December 25, 2004 represented 67.9% of total sales compared
to 64.6% of total sales in the corresponding period in fiscal
year 2003. In the twelve months ended
25
December 25, 2004, international revenue was
comprised of 53.3% Europe, Middle East and Africa, 44.1% Asia
Pacific and Japan and 2.6% for Latin America and other regions.
In the twelve months ended December 27, 2003, international
revenue was comprised of 51.3% Europe, Middle East and Africa,
47.7% Asia Pacific and Japan and 1.0% for Latin America and
other regions.
Sales to Europe, Middle East and Africa in the twelve months
ended December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003
represented 36.2% and 33.1% of total revenue, respectively. In
absolute dollars, sales to Europe, Middle East and Africa
increased 1.4% during the twelve months ended December 25,
2004. The increase in European sales in absolute dollars during
the twelve months ended December 25, 2004 was a result of
increased demand for our Maxtor OneTouch personal storage
product. This was partially offset by decreased shipments of
desktop products to our major personal computer OEM and
distribution customers.
Sales to Asia Pacific and Japan in the twelve months ended
December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003 represented
30.8% and 29.9% of total revenue, respectively. In absolute
dollars, sales to Asia Pacific and Japan decreased 9.8% during
the twelve months ended December 25, 2004. The decrease in
sales to Asia and Japan in absolute dollars during the twelve
months ended December 25, 2004, was the result of reduced
sales of our desktop products to regional OEM and distribution
customers.
Sales to Latin America and other regions in the twelve months
ended December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003
represented 1.8% and 0.6% of total revenue, respectively.
Sales to the top five customers represented 35.5% and 38.9% of
revenue in fiscal years 2004 and 2003, respectively. None of our
customers accounted for 10% or greater of our sales in 2004.
Sales to one customer was 11.0% of revenue in fiscal year 2003.
Cost of Revenues; Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased to
$372.4 million in the twelve months ended December 25,
2004, compared to $701.0 million for the corresponding
twelve months in fiscal year 2003. This represented an overall
decrease in gross profit of $328.6 million. As a percentage
of revenue, gross profit decreased to 9.8% in the twelve months
ended December 25, 2004 from 17.2% in the corresponding
twelve months of fiscal year 2003. The decrease in gross profit
was primarily due to the impact of the decline in average
selling prices (ASP) of $856.7 million. This
decline in ASP was partially offset by the impact of an increase
in product capacity mix of $285.9 million, reflecting the
shipment of a greater proportion of higher capacity products.
These two factors together accounted for a net decline in gross
profit of $570.8 million. The Company achieved product cost
reductions to partially offset this revenue erosion. Net product
cost reductions amounted to $242.1 million. Materials cost
savings contributed $292.7 million of this improvement.
However, favorable warranty reserve releases due to changes in
estimate amounted to $13.3 million in the twelve months
ended December 25, 2004, compared to $39.9 million in
the twelve months ended December 27, 2003. The reserve
release in 2003 primarily related to expirations of products
acquired as part of the Quantum HDD acquisition. We have
experienced significantly less variability on Maxtor products as
is demonstrated by the lower release in 2004. In addition, we
experienced some increases in manufacturing costs related to the
ramp of our China facility and plant improvements at MMC.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development Expense. Research and
development (R&D) expense in fiscal year 2004
was $323.2 million, or 8.5% of revenue, compared to
$354.0 million, or 8.7% of revenue, in fiscal year 2003.
R&D expenses decreased by $30.8 million, or 9.5% for
fiscal year 2004 compared with fiscal 2003. The decrease in
R&D expenses in absolute dollars and as a percentage of
revenue was primarily due to reductions in employee incentive
programs and compensation of $32.6 million, depreciation of
$4.9 million, equipment expense of $2.0 million, and
decreases in our facilities and information technology
departments of $1.8 million. These decreases were offset by
a $10.2 million increase in expensed parts and services due
to an increase in the number of products in development and
$0.3 million of other expenses.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling,
general and administrative (SG&A) expense in
fiscal year 2004 was $127.9 million or 3.4% of revenue,
compared to $131.7 million, or 3.2% of revenue, in fiscal
year 2003. SG&A expenses decreased by $3.8 million, or
3.0% for fiscal year 2004 compared to fiscal
26
2003. The decrease in SG&A expenses in absolute dollars was
primarily due to a favorable dispute settlement with Quantum of
$8.3 million regarding transition services provided by
Quantum and incurred following our 2001 acquisition of the
Quantum HDD business, reduced spending in our facilities and
information technology departments of $4.9 million as a
result of our expense reduction program, a decrease of
$3.3 million related to compensation and related expenses,
as well as a reduction in litigation expenses of
$2.0 million. The decreases were offset by an increase in
services of $9.7 million primarily related to Sarbanes
Oxley Section 404 compliance and $2.3 million related
to sales and marketing expenses, as well as $2.0 million
reduction in offsetting rental income, and $0.7 million of
other expenses.
Restructuring and Impairment Charges. During the year
ended December 25, 2004, we recorded restructuring and
impairment charges of $65.2 million, of which
$33.2 million was in connection with our on-going
restructuring activities announced in July 2004,
$24.2 million was related to the impairment of intangible
assets and $7.8 million of impairment charges related to
asset held for sale.
The restructuring charges of $33.2 million represent
expenses incurred in connection with the reduction in force and
evaluation of lease obligations that the Company had announced
in July 2004. The charge comprised $20.3 million in
facility-related charges mainly due to a change in estimated
lease obligations primarily as a result of further deterioration
in the Silicon Valley real estate market and $12.9 million
in severance-related charges associated with our reduction in
force of approximately 377 employees. We expect to be
substantially completed with the restructuring by the second
quarter of 2005.
During the year ended December 28, 2002, we recorded a
restructuring charge of $9.5 million associated with the
closure of one of our facilities located in California. The
amount comprised $8.9 million of future non-cancelable
lease payments, which were expected to be paid over several
years based on the underlying lease agreement, and the write-off
of $0.6 million in leasehold improvements. The
restructuring accrual is included on the balance sheet within
Accrued and other liabilities with the balance of
$9.3 million after cash payments of $1.4 million
during the twelve months ended December 25, 2004. We
increased this restructuring accrual by $3.3 million
associated with our restructuring activities in the third
quarter of 2004. During the third quarter of 2004, we also
recorded $16.4 million to increase a restructuring accrual
previously recorded as part of the Quantum HDD merger and
$0.6 million was recorded in association with the closure
of one of our facilities in Colorado. These combined actions
resulted in a net facility-related restructuring charge of
$20.3 million for the twelve months ended December 25,
2004. The facilities-related restructuring accrual is included
within the balance sheet captions of Accrued and other
liabilities and Other liabilities with the balance of
$51.4 million as of December 25, 2004.
For more information regarding the facility-related
restructuring charge and intangible asset impairment, see
notes 14 and 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, respectively.
During the year ended December 25, 2004, the Company
classified a building owned by Maxtor in Louisville, Colorado as
held for sale in accordance with the requirements of
SFAS 144, resulting in an impairment charge of
$7.8 million. Asset held for sale amounted to
$8.2 million representing the estimated realizable value of
the building and is included within the balance sheet caption of
Prepaid expenses and other. Prior to classification, the Company
suspended depreciation of this building which was
$0.4 million annually.
Stock-based Compensation. On April 2, 2001, as part
of the acquisition of Quantum HDD, we assumed the following
options and restricted stock:
|
|
|
|
|
All Quantum HDD options and Quantum HDD restricted stock held by
employees who accepted our offers of employment, or
transferred employees, whether or not options or
restricted stock had vested; |
|
|
|
Vested Quantum HDD options and vested Quantum HDD restricted
stock held by Quantum Corporation (Quantum)
employees whose employment was terminated prior to the
separation, or former service providers; and |
|
|
|
Vested Quantum HDD restricted stock held by any other individual. |
27
In addition, we assumed vested Quantum HDD options held by
Quantum employees who continued to provide services during a
transitional period, or transitional employees. We
assumed the outstanding options to purchase Quantum HDD common
stock held by transferred employees and vested options to
purchase Quantum HDD common stock held by former Quantum
employees, consultants and transition employees and these
options converted into options to purchase Maxtor common stock
based on an exchange ratio of 1.52 shares of Maxtor common
stock for each share of Quantum HDD common stock. Vested and
unvested options for Quantum HDD common stock assumed in the
merger represented options for 7,650,965 shares and
4,655,236 shares of Maxtor common stock, respectively.
Included in SG&A and R&D expense are charges for
amortization of stock-based compensation resulting from both
Maxtor options and options we issued to Quantum employees who
joined Maxtor in connection with the merger on April 2,
2001. Stock-based compensation charges were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions) | |
Research and development
|
|
$ |
0.7 |
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$ |
0.9 |
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
Amortization of other intangible assets represents the
amortization of customer list and other current products and
technology, arising from our acquisitions of the Quantum HDD
business in April 2001 and MMC in September 2001. The net book
value of these intangibles at December 25, 2004 was
$1.5 million. Amortization of other intangible assets was
$36.0 million for the year ended December 25, 2004,
compared to $85.3 million in the corresponding period in
fiscal year 2003.
On December 30, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS 142,
which requires goodwill to be tested for impairment under
certain circumstances, written down when impaired, and requires
purchased intangible assets other than goodwill to be amortized
over their useful lives unless these lives are determined to be
indefinite. In compliance with SFAS 142, we reclassified
$31.1 million, net of accumulated amortization, in
workforce assets to goodwill and we ceased amortizing the
resulting net goodwill balance of $667.2 million.
Accordingly, there are no charges for the amortization of
goodwill in 2002 or thereafter. Subsequent to the decision to
shut down the manufacture and sales of NSG products, the Company
wrote off goodwill related to the NSG operations of
$32.3 million. As of December 25, 2004, goodwill
amounted to $496.2 million.
As required by SFAS 142, we completed our impairment
analysis as of January 1, 2002, upon our adoption of
SFAS 142, and annually thereafter through December 25,
2004 for the purpose of the annual review. We found no instances
of impairment of our recorded goodwill on each date and
accordingly no impairment was recorded.
The net book value of goodwill will be reviewed for impairment
at least annually and whenever there is indication that the
value of the goodwill may be impaired. Any resulting impairment
will be recorded in the income statement in the period it is
identified and quantified.
Amortization of other intangible assets is computed over the
estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally three
to five years. The Company expects amortization expense on
intangible assets to be $0.9 million in fiscal 2005 and
$0.6 million in fiscal 2006, at which time the intangible
assets will be fully amortized.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $32.4 million
and $30.6 million in fiscal years 2004 and 2003,
respectively, or an increase of 5.9%. The increase was due to
the increased borrowing on the China loan facility of
$0.8 million and the second EDB loan of $0.8 million.
The increased interest on the $230 million convertible
notes issued in May 2003 and the asset securitization in June
2004 were offset by the repayment of the Quantum
7% convertible bond in 2003 and the decrease of capital
lease balances in 2004.
28
As of December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003,
short-term borrowings were $82.6 million and
$77.0 million, respectively, and long-term indebtedness
outstanding was $382.6 million and $355.8 million,
respectively.
Interest Income. Interest income was $5.3 million
and $5.2 million in fiscal years 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
Income from Litigation Settlement. On April 28,
2004, in connection with our suit against Koninklijke Philips
Electronics N.V. and several other Philips-related companies in
the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara
whereby the Company alleged that an integrated circuit chip
supplied by Philips was defective and caused significant levels
of failure of certain Quantum legacy products acquired as part
of our acquisition of the Quantum HDD business, we entered into
a settlement agreement with the other parties pursuant to which
the parties dismissed the lawsuit with prejudice and we received
a cash payment of $24.8 million, which was recorded as
litigation settlement income in fiscal year 2004.
Other Gain (Loss) Other gain (loss) was $0.1 million
in 2004 as compared to $(0.6) million in 2003. The loss in
2003 was due to a $1.0 million loss on redemption of the
pro rata portion of Quantum Corporations bonds offset by a
$0.2 million gain in retirement of other bonds, a gain of
$0.1 million from investments and a $0.1 million in
other income.
Provision for (Benefit from)Income Taxes. During 2004 and
2003, we recorded income tax provisions and (benefits) of
$(0.3) million and $3.5 million, respectively. The
provision for income taxes consists primarily of state and
foreign taxes. Due to our net operating losses
(NOL), NOL carry-forwards and favorable tax status
in Singapore, Switzerland and China, we have not incurred any
significant foreign, U.S. federal, state or local income
taxes for the current or prior fiscal periods. We have not
recorded a tax benefit associated with our loss carry-forward
because of the uncertainty of realization.
Pursuant to a Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement
entered into in connection with the Companys acquisition
of Quantum HDD, Maxtor, as successor to Quantum HDD, and Quantum
are allocated their share of Quantums income tax liability
for periods before the Companys acquisition of Quantum
HDD, consistent with past practices and as if the Quantum HDD
and Quantum DSS business divisions had been separate and
independent corporations. To the extent that the income tax
liability attributable to one business division is reduced by
using NOLs and other tax attributes of the other business
division, the business division utilizing the attributes must
pay the other for the use of those attributes. We also agreed to
indemnify Quantum for additional taxes related to the Quantum
DSS business for all periods before Quantums issuance of
tracking stock and additional taxes related to the Quantum HDD
business for all periods prior to our acquisition of Quantum
HDD. This indemnity was originally limited to aggregate of
$142.0 million plus 50% of any excess over
$142.0 million, excluding any required gross up payments
(the Tax Indemnity). As of December 25, 2004,
the Company had paid $8.6 million under this tax indemnity.
On December 23, 2004, as a result of certain favorable
developments concerning Quantums potential liability
subject to the Tax Indemnity, the Company and Quantum amended
the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement, as part of a Mutual
General Release and Global Settlement Agreement. Under the
amended terms of the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement, our
remaining Tax Indemnity liability is limited to $8.7 million for
all tax claims other than the IRS audit of Quantum for the
fiscal years ending March 31, 1997 through and including
March 31, 1999. We believe that our Tax Indemnity liability
for the IRS audit of Quantum for the fiscal years ending
March 31, 1997 through and including March 31, 1999,
is remote.
We purchased a $340 million insurance policy covering the
risk that the separation of Quantum HDD from Quantum DSS could
be determined to be subject to federal income tax or state
income or franchise tax. Under the Tax Sharing and
Indemnity Agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify
Quantum for the amount of any tax payable by Quantum as a result
of the separation of Quantum HDD from Quantum Corporation to the
extent such tax is not covered by such insurance policy, unless
imposition of the tax is the result of Quantums actions,
or acquisitions of Quantum stock, after the transaction. The
amount of the tax not covered by insurance could be substantial.
In addition, if it is determined that Quantum owes federal or
state tax as a result of the separation of Quantum HDD from
Quantum Corporation, in connection with the Companys
acquisition of Quantum HDD, and the circumstances giving rise to
the tax are covered by our
29
indemnification obligations, the Company will be required to pay
Quantum the amount of the tax at that time, whether or not
reimbursement may be allowed under our tax insurance policy. We
believe that any liability resulting from this indemnification
is remote.
Loss from Discontinued Operations. On August 15,
2002, we announced our decision to shut down our Network Systems
Group (NSG) and cease the manufacturing and sale of
our
MaxAttachtm
branded network attached storage products (NSG). The
discontinuance of our NSG operations represents the disposal of
a component of an entity as defined in Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
(SFAS 144). Accordingly, our financial
statements have been presented to reflect NSG as a discontinued
operations for all periods presented. Our liabilities (no
remaining assets) have been segregated from continuing
operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of
December 28, 2002 and our operating results have been
segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Operating results of the NSG discontinued operations for years
ended December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004 are as
follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 |
|
|
| |
|
|
Revenue from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Income from discontinued operations of $2.2 million for the
year ended December 27, 2003 reflects the net impact of the
favorable resolution of contingencies.
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2003 Compared With Fiscal Year 2002 |
Net Revenues. Revenue for the twelve months ended
December 27, 2003 was $4,086.4 million, which was
$306.9 million, or 8.1% higher as compared to the twelve
months ended December 28, 2002. Total shipments for the
twelve months ended December 27, 2003 were
55.2 million units, which was 3.9 million units or
7.6% higher as compared to the twelve months ended
December 28, 2002. Total shipments and revenue increased
during the twelve months ended December 27, 2003 as a
result of greater customer acceptance of our products, the
completion of our transition to the 80GB per platter areal
density hard disk drive and increased market demand for hard
disk drives, partially offset by erosion of average selling
prices over the period. We continued to increase our average
capacity shipped and to increase sales of our server hard disk
drive, consumer electronics and personal storage products.
Revenue from sales to original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs) represented 50.5% of revenue in the twelve
months ended December 27, 2003, compared to 48.0% of
revenue in the corresponding period in fiscal year 2002. This
increase was the result of greater customer acceptance of our
products, our transition to the 80GB per platter areal density
hard disk drive and continued growth in sales of our server
products.
Revenue from sales to the distribution channel and retail
customers in the twelve months ended December 27, 2003
represented 49.5% of revenue compared to 52.0% of revenue in the
corresponding period in fiscal 2002. Sales to distribution
customers decreased to 41.8% of revenue in the twelve months
ended December 27, 2003 from 47.2% for the corresponding
period in fiscal 2002. Distribution revenue decreased as a
percentage of revenue during the twelve months ended
December 27, 2003 primarily as a result of the competitive
pricing environment experienced in the second half of 2003 and a
shift in mix to server and consumer electronics OEM channel
sales. Sales to retail customers increased to 7.7% in the twelve
months ended December 27, 2003 compared to 4.9% for the
corresponding period in fiscal 2002. The increase was due to
growth in the sales of our 80GB per platter areal density hard
disk drive and personal storage products driven by sales of
Maxtor OneTouch and the expansion of our presence in Europe and
Japan.
Domestic revenue in the twelve months ended December 27,
2003 represented 36.0% of total sales compared to 37.0% of total
sales in the corresponding period in fiscal year 2002. Domestic
revenue decreased as a percentage of total revenue in the twelve
months ended December 27, 2003 as a result of the increase
in
30
international revenue as a percentage of total revenue. In
absolute dollars, domestic revenue increased 5.2%. This increase
was driven by the continued growth in the sales of our server
and personal storage products.
International revenue in the twelve months ended
December 27, 2003 represented 64.0% of total sales compared
to 63.0% in the corresponding period in fiscal year 2002.
Domestic revenue consists of United States and Latin America
sales. In absolute dollars, international revenue increased
9.9%. The increase was driven by our transition to the 80 GB per
platter areal density hard disk drive and continued growth of
our server and personal storage products.
Sales to Europe, Middle East and Africa in the twelve months
ended December 27, 2003 and December 28, 2002
represented 33.1% and 32.6% of total revenue, respectively. In
absolute dollars, Europe, Middle East and Africa sales in the
twelve months ended December 27, 2003 increased 10.0%
compared to the corresponding period in fiscal year 2002. The
increase in sales was the result of the growth of our retail and
distribution channels. The growth was driven by the success of
our personal storage and server products as well as increased
acceptance of our 80GB per platter areal density hard disk drive.
Sales to Asia Pacific and Japan in the twelve months ended
December 27, 2003 and December 28, 2002 represented
30.9% and 30.4% of total revenue, respectively. In absolute
dollars, Asia Pacific and Japan sales in the twelve months ended
December 27, 2003 increased 9.8% compared to the
corresponding period in fiscal year 2002. The increase in sales
was the result of the growth of our retail and OEM channels. The
growth was driven by the success of our personal storage and
server products as well as increased acceptance of our 80GB per
platter areal density hard disk drive.
Sales to the top five customers represented 38.9% and 31.8% of
revenue in fiscal years 2003 and 2002, respectively. Sales to
one customer were 11.0% and 11.5% of revenue in fiscal years
2003 and 2002; only one customer represented more than 10% of
our sales in those years.
Cost of Revenues; Gross Profit. Gross profit increased to
$701.1 million in the twelve months ended December 27,
2003, compared to $397.4 million for the corresponding
twelve months in fiscal year 2002. As a percentage of revenue,
gross profit increased to 17.2% in the twelve months ended
December 27, 2003 from 10.5% in the corresponding
twelve months of fiscal year 2002. The increase in gross profit,
both as a percentage of revenue and actual dollars during the
twelve months ended December 27, 2003, was due to the
transition of a portion of our product line from MKE to our
Singapore manufacturing facilities, improved manufacturing
efficiencies on the 80GB per platter areal density hard disk
drive and decreased warranty costs primarily due to warranty
expirations. These efficiencies resulted in reduced costs
associated with drive components, improved factory utilization
and a more favorable product mix to higher margin drives. Our
cost of revenues includes depreciation and amortization of
property, plant and equipment.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development Expense. Research and
development (R&D) expense in fiscal year 2003
was $354.0 million, or 8.7% of revenue, compared to
$401.0 million, or 10.6% of revenue, in fiscal year 2002.
R&D expenses decreased by $47.0 million, or 11.7% for
fiscal year 2003 compared with fiscal 2002. The decrease in
R&D expenses was primarily due to a more focused development
effort on fewer products that resulted in less expense for
development parts, services and related expenses of
$24.2 million, reduced compensation and related expenses of
$12.6 million associated with reductions in force in 2002
and other expenses of $10.2 million.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling,
general and administrative (SG&A) expense in
fiscal year 2003 was $131.7 million or 3.2% of revenue,
compared to $148.5 million, or 3.9% of revenue, in fiscal
year 2002. SG&A expensed decreased by $16.8 million, or
11.3% for fiscal year 2003 compared to fiscal 2002. The decrease
in SG&A was primarily due to reduced spending on facilities,
advertising and services of $13.6 million and other
expenses of $7.1 million. The decrease was offset by an
increase of $3.9 million in compensation and related
expenses.
Restructuring Charge. During the year ended
December 28, 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of
$9.5 million associated with closure of one of our
facilities located in California. The amount comprised
31
$8.9 million of future non-cancelable lease payments, which
are expected to be paid over several years based on the
underlying lease agreement and the write-off of
$0.6 million in leasehold improvements. The restructuring
accrual is included on the balance sheet within accrued and
other liabilities with the balance of $7.4 million after
cash payments of $1.5 million in fiscal year 2003.
Stock-based Compensation. On April 2, 2001, as part
of the acquisition of Quantum HDD, we assumed the following
options and restricted stock:
|
|
|
|
|
All Quantum HDD options and Quantum HDD restricted stock held by
employees who accepted our offers of employment, or
transferred employees, whether or not options or
restricted stock had vested; |
|
|
|
Vested Quantum HDD options and vested Quantum HDD restricted
stock held by Quantum Corporation (Quantum)
employees whose employment was terminated prior to the
separation, or former service providers; and |
|
|
|
Vested Quantum HDD restricted stock held by any other individual. |
In addition, we assumed vested Quantum HDD options held by
Quantum employees who continued to provide services during a
transitional period, or transitional employees. We
assumed the outstanding options to purchase Quantum HDD common
stock held by transferred employees and vested options to
purchase Quantum HDD common stock held by former Quantum
employees, consultants and transition employees and these
options converted into options to purchase Maxtor common stock
based on an exchange ratio of 1.52 shares of Maxtor common
stock for each share of Quantum HDD common stock. Vested and
unvested options for Quantum HDD common stock assumed in the
merger represented options for 7,650,965 shares and
4,655,236 shares of Maxtor common stock, respectively.
Included in cost of revenue, SG&A expense and R&D
expense are charges for amortization of stock-based compensation
resulting from both Maxtor options and options we issued to
Quantum employees who joined Maxtor in connection with the
merger on April 2, 2001. Stock-based compensation charges
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions) | |
Cost of revenue
|
|
$ |
0.3 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$ |
4.2 |
|
|
$ |
0.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, Quantum Corporation issued restricted Quantum DSS
shares to Quantum employees who joined Maxtor in connection with
the merger in exchange for the fair value of Quantum DSS options
held by such employees. A portion of the acquisition purchase
price has been allocated to this deferred compensation, recorded
as prepaid expense, and is amortized to expenses over the
vesting period as the vesting of the shares are subject to
continued employment with Maxtor. Amortization for the years
ended December 28, 2002 and December 27, 2003 were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
Cost of revenue
|
|
$ |
0.3 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization related to DSS restricted shares
|
|
$ |
4.1 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
Amortization of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
Amortization of other intangible assets represents the
amortization of customer list and other current products and
technology, arising from our acquisitions of the Quantum HDD
business in April 2001 and MMC in September 2001. The net book
value of these intangibles at December 27, 2003 was
$61.6 million. Amortization of other intangible assets was
$85.3 million for the year ended December 27, 2003,
compared to $82.2 million in the corresponding period in
fiscal year 2002.
On December 30, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS 142,
which requires goodwill to be tested for impairment under
certain circumstances, written down when impaired, and requires
purchased intangible assets other than goodwill to be amortized
over their useful lives unless these lives are determined to be
indefinite. In compliance with SFAS 142, we reclassified
$31.1 million, net of accumulated amortization, in
workforce assets to goodwill and we ceased amortizing the
resulting net goodwill balance of $667.2 million.
Accordingly, there are no charges for the amortization of
goodwill in 2002 or thereafter. Subsequent to the decision to
shut down the manufacture and sales of NSG products, the Company
wrote off goodwill related to the NSG operations of
$32.3 million. As of December 27, 2003, goodwill
amounted to $635.2 million.
As required by SFAS 142, we completed our impairment
analysis as of January 1, 2002, upon our adoption of
SFAS 142, as of December 27, 2003 for the purpose of
the annual review. We found no instances of impairment of our
recorded goodwill on both dates and accordingly no impairment
was recorded.
The net book value of goodwill will be reviewed for impairment
annually and whenever there is indication that the value of the
goodwill may be impaired. Any resulting impairment will be
recorded in the income statement in the period it is identified
and quantified.
Amortization of other intangible assets is computed over the
estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally three
to five years. The Company expects amortization expense on
intangible assets to be $36.0 million in fiscal 2004,
$20.2 million in fiscal 2005, and $5.4 million in
fiscal 2006, at which time the intangible assets will be fully
amortized.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $30.6 million
and $27.0 million in fiscal years 2003 and 2002,
respectively, or an increase of 13.3%. The increase was
primarily due to the $230 million convertible notes issued
in May 2003. This increase was offset by the repayment of the
Quantum 7% convertible bond and the decrease of capital
lease balances.
As of December 27, 2003 and December 28, 2002,
short-term borrowings were $77.0 million and
$41.0 million, respectively, and long-term indebtedness
outstanding was $355.8 million and $206.3 million,
respectively.
Interest Income. Interest income was $5.2 million
and $8.0 million in fiscal years 2003 and 2002,
respectively. The decrease resulted primarily from reduced
interest income from our investment portfolios as a result of
lower short-term interest rates offset by the increase in our
cash and cash equivalent balance.
Other Gain (Loss). Other gain (loss) was
$(0.6) million in 2003 as compared to $4.4 million in
2002. The loss in 2003 was due to a $1.0 million loss on
redemption of the pro rata portion of Quantum Corporations
bonds offset by a $0.2 million gain in retirement of other
bonds, a gain of $0.1 million from investments and a
$0.1 million in other income. The gain in 2002 was due to
the retirement of bonds and sale of investments.
Provision for Income Taxes. During 2003 and 2002, we
recorded income tax provisions of $3.5 million and
$2.2 million, respectively. The provision for income taxes
consists primarily of state and foreign taxes. Due to our NOL
carry-forwards and favorable tax status in Singapore and
Switzerland, we have not incurred any significant foreign,
U.S. federal, state or local income taxes for the current
or prior fiscal periods. We have not recorded a tax benefit
associated with our loss carry-forward because of the
uncertainty of realization.
Pursuant to a Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement
entered into in connection with the Companys acquisition
of Quantum HDD, Maxtor, as successor to Quantum HDD, and Quantum
are allocated their share of Quantums income tax liability
for periods before the Companys acquisition of Quantum
HDD, consistent with past practices and as if the Quantum HDD
and Quantum DSS business divisions had been
33
separate and independent corporations. To the extent that the
income tax liability attributable to one business division is
reduced by using NOLs and other tax attributes of the other
business division, the business division utilizing the
attributes must pay the other for the use of those attributes.
We also indemnified Quantum for additional taxes related to the
Quantum DSS business for all periods before Quantums
issuance of tracking stock and additional taxes related to the
Quantum HDD business for all periods before our acquisition of
Quantum HDD, limited in the aggregate to $142.0 million
plus 50% of any excess over $142.0 million, excluding any
required gross-up payment. As of December 27, 2003, the
Company had reimbursed $6.4 million to Quantum Corporation
leaving a balance of $135.6 million on the original
indemnity, prior to any sharing of tax liability with Quantum.
We purchased a $340 million insurance policy covering the
risk that the separation of Quantum HDD from Quantum DSS could
be determined to be subject to federal income tax or state
income or franchise tax. Under the Tax Sharing and
Indemnity Agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify
Quantum for the amount of any tax payable by Quantum as a result
of the separation of Quantum HDD from Quantum Corporation to the
extent such tax is not covered by such insurance policy, unless
imposition of the tax is the result of Quantums actions,
or acquisitions of Quantum stock, after the transaction. The
amount of the tax not covered by insurance could be substantial.
In addition, if it is determined that Quantum owes federal or
state tax as a result of the separation of Quantum HDD from
Quantum Corporation, in connection with the Companys
acquisition of Quantum HDD, and the circumstances giving rise to
the tax are covered by our indemnification obligations, the
Company will be required to pay Quantum the amount of the tax at
that time, whether or not reimbursement may be allowed under our
tax insurance policy.
Loss from Discontinued Operations. On August 15,
2002, we announced our decision to shut down our Network Systems
Group (NSG) and cease the manufacturing and sale of
our
MaxAttachtm
branded network attached storage products (NSG). The
discontinuance of our NSG operations represents the disposal of
a component of an entity as defined in SFAS 144.
Accordingly, our financial statements have been presented to
reflect NSG as a discontinued operations for all periods
presented. Our liabilities (no remaining assets) have been
segregated from continuing operations in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2002 and our
operating results have been segregated and reported as
discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated
statement of operations.
Operating results of the NSG discontinued operations for years
ended December 28, 2002 and December 27, 2003 are as
follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Revenue from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
20.4 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(73.5 |
) |
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
The loss in 2002 was due primarily to the inclusion of the
following charges upon the decision to shut down the NSG
operations (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel related
|
|
$ |
13.0 |
|
Goodwill and other intangibles write-offs
|
|
$ |
32.5 |
|
Non-cancelable purchase commitments
|
|
$ |
4.2 |
|
Income from discontinued operations of $2.2 million for the
year ended December 27, 2003 reflects the net impact of the
favorable resolution of contingencies.
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources |
At December 25, 2004, we had $378.1 million in cash
and cash equivalents, $24.5 million in restricted cash,
$104.0 million in unrestricted marketable securities for a
combined total of $506.6 million. In comparison, at
December 27, 2003, we had $530.8 million in cash and
cash equivalents, $37.2 million in restricted cash and
$44.6 million in marketable securities and
$42.3 million in restricted marketable securities
34
for a combined total of $654.9 million. Cash and cash
equivalents balance decreased $152.7 and the combined balance
decreased by $148.3 during 2004 due to activities in the
following three areas. We used $5.2 million for operating
activities and used $199.0 million for investing
activities, partially offset by $51.4 million from
financing activities, as discussed below. Significant negative
factors affecting our overall liquidity position during 2004
compared to 2003 were our net losses and payments of accrued
liabilities.
Our restricted cash and restricted marketable securities balance
decreased $55.0 million due to termination of agreements
requiring letters of credit. The remaining amounts are pledged
as collateral for certain stand-by letters of credit issued by
commercial banks. At December 25, 2004 the Company held
cash and marketable securities of $383.8 million in foreign
jurisdictions. We estimate that as of such date, repatriation of
this amount would have resulted in net tax liability of
approximately $5.3 million after utilization of our
available net operating losses.
Cash used in operating activities was $5.2 million in the
twelve months ended December 25, 2004. This is comprised of
$181.9 million in net loss, offset by non-cash items of
$206.4 million primarily relating to depreciation and
amortization, $10.3 million non-cash losses and a
$24.5 million restructuring charge, a decrease in operating
capital (defined as accounts receivables, other receivables and
inventories less accounts payables) of $47.1 million, and
prepaid expenses and other assets of $11.5 million. Other
uses of cash in 2004 included a decrease in accrued and other
liabilities of $122.3 million and cash used in discontinued
operations of $0.8 million. The decrease in accrued and
other liabilities was primarily due to a $71.2 million
payments of incentive compensation accrued in 2003 based on the
Companys 2003 financial performance but paid in 2004,
$23.5 million net settlement of warranty obligations,
$11.5 million of other accrued expenses and
$14.3 million in payment of facility exit accruals related
to our restructuring activities and $1.8 million income
taxes paid. We expect severance-related payments in 2005
associated with our restructuring activities to be approximately
$13.0 million, of which $9.0 million is related to
Singapore and $4.0 million is related to the United States.
Additionally, we expect facilities-related payments in 2005
associated with our restructuring activities to be approximately
$12.9 million.
The decrease in operating capital of $47.1 million during
the twelve months ended December 25, 2004 was a result of
the following factors: decline in accounts receivable, partially
offset by a decrease in accounts payable as a result of reduced
sales in the three months ended December 25, 2004 as
compared to the three months ended December 27, 2003 and an
increase in raw and WIP inventory compared to December 27,
2003 due to introduction of SCSI manufacturing in Singapore and
ramping of the China manufacturing facility. Our cash conversion
cycle (the net total of days of sales outstanding plus days of
sales in inventory less days of accounts payables outstanding)
increased from -3 days to -1 day from
December 27, 2003 to December 25, 2004, remaining
within our target range of 0 days to -5 days. This
change was due to the higher inventory levels.
Cash used in investing activities was $199.0 million for
the twelve months ended December 25, 2004, primarily
reflecting investments in property, plant and equipment (net of
proceeds) of $170.8 million to support the new
manufacturing capacity added in 2004 and purchases (net of
sales) of marketable securities of $19.2 million, and an
increase in restricted cash of $9.0 million. During 2005
capital expenditures are expected to aggregate approximately
$150 million, primarily used for manufacturing expansion
and upgrades, product development and updating our information
technology systems.
Cash provided by financing activities was $51.4 million for
the twelve months ended December 25, 2004. Primarily this
represented increased borrowings of $49.7 million net of
transaction fees from the new asset backed borrowing facility,
$45.0 million drawing on the manufacturing facility loan in
Suzhou, China, $9.7 million drawing on the second Economic
Development Board loan and $19.4 million received upon the
issuance of common stock through our employee stock purchase
plan and options exercised. This was partially offset by
repayments of $50.0 million on our previous asset-backed
borrowing, $14.1 million in amortization of capital lease
obligations and payment of $7.8 million on the Economic
Development Board loan.
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents,
short-term investment and capital resources, together with cash
generated from operations and available borrowing capacity will
be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next
twelve months. We expect that our liquidity will be impacted by
35
continuing losses during 2005. We require substantial capital to
fund our business, particularly to fund operating losses and to
invest in property, plant and equipment. If we need additional
capital, there can be no assurance that such additional
financing can be obtained, or that it will be available on
satisfactory terms. See discussion below under the heading
Certain Factors Affecting Future Performance. Our
ability to generate cash and achieve profitable operations will
depend on, among other things, demand in the hard disk drive
market for our products and pricing conditions.
Contractual Obligations
Payments due under known contractual obligations as of
December 25, 2004 are reflected in the following table (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than | |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
3-5 Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
(1)(2) | |
|
(1)(2) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Long-term Debt
|
|
$ |
459,041 |
|
|
$ |
77,352 |
|
|
$ |
47,378 |
|
|
$ |
70,000 |
|
|
$ |
264,311 |
|
|
Interest Payments
|
|
|
126,550 |
|
|
|
26,607 |
|
|
|
44,466 |
|
|
|
39,894 |
|
|
|
15,583 |
|
Capital Lease Obligations
|
|
|
6,090 |
|
|
|
5,209 |
|
|
|
873 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Payments
|
|
|
227 |
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases(3)
|
|
|
278,241 |
|
|
|
34,241 |
|
|
|
64,753 |
|
|
|
61,838 |
|
|
|
117,409 |
|
Purchase Obligations(4)
|
|
|
718,913 |
|
|
|
713,716 |
|
|
|
5,197 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
1,589,062 |
|
|
$ |
857,337 |
|
|
$ |
162,682 |
|
|
$ |
171,740 |
|
|
$ |
397,303 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Does not include $103 million which may be borrowed under a
facility in a U.S.-dollar-denominated loan, to be secured by our
facilities in Suzhou, China, drawable until April 2007, and
repayable in eight semi- annual installments commencing October
2007; the borrowings under this facility will bear interest at
LIBOR plus 50 basis points (subject to adjustment to
60 basis points). |
|
(2) |
Does not include $67 million which we are obligated to
contribute to our China subsidiary to allow drawdown under the
facilities described under footnote (1). |
|
(3) |
Includes future minimum annual rental commitments, including
amounts accrued as restructuring liabilities as of
December 25, 2004. |
|
(4) |
Purchase obligations are defined as contractual obligations for
purchase of goods or services, which are enforceable and legally
binding on the Company and that specify all significant terms,
including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed,
minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing
of the transaction. The expected timing of payment of the
obligations set forth above is estimated based on current
information. Timing of payments and actual amounts paid may be
different depending on the time of receipt of goods or services
or changes to agreed-upon amounts for some obligations. |
On May 7, 2003, we sold $230 million in aggregate
principal amount of 6.8% convertible senior notes due 2010
to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The notes bear
interest at a rate of 6.8% per annum and are convertible
into our common stock at a conversion rate of
81.5494 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the notes, or
an aggregate of 18,756,362 shares, subject to adjustment in
certain circumstances (equal to an initial conversion price of
$12.2625 per share). The initial conversion price
represents a 125% premium over the closing price of our common
stock on May 1, 2003, which was $5.45 per share. The
notes and underlying stock have been registered for resale with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
We may not redeem the notes prior to May 5, 2008.
Thereafter, we may redeem the notes at 100% of their principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if the closing price
of our common stock for 20 trading days within a period of 30
consecutive trading days ending on the trading day before the
date of our mailing of the redemption notice exceeds 130% of the
conversion price on such trading day. If, at any time,
substantially all of our common stock is exchanged or acquired
for consideration that does not consist entirely of common stock
that is listed on a United States national securities exchange
or approved for quotation on
36
the NASDAQ National Market or similar system, the holders of the
notes have the right to require us to repurchase all or any
portion of the notes at their face value plus accrued interest.
We have agreed to invest $200 million over the next five
years to establish a manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China,
and we have secured credit lines with the Bank of China for up
to $133 million to be used for the construction and working
capital requirements of this operation. The remainder of our
commitment will be satisfied primarily with the transfer of
manufacturing assets from Singapore or from our other
manufacturing site. MTS has drawn down $60 million as of
December 2004. MTS is required to maintain a maximum liability
to assets ratio and a minimum earnings to interest expense
ratio, the first ratio to be tested annually commencing in
December 2004 and the latter ratio to be tested annually
commencing in December 2005. MTS is in compliance with all
covenants as of December 25, 2004.
In September 2003, MPS entered into a second four-year
52 million Singapore dollar loan agreement with the
Economic Development Board of Singapore (the Board)
at 4.25% which is amortized in seven equal semi-annual
installments ending December 2007. As of December 25, 2004,
the balance was 52.0 million Singapore dollars, equivalent
to $27.1 million. This loan is supported by a guaranty from
a bank. Cash is currently provided as collateral for this
guaranty; $18.1 million was recorded as other assets and
the remaining $9.0 million was recorded as restricted cash.
However, we may at our option substitute other assets as
security. MPS is required to invest a certain level of capital
by 2006 as defined in the loan agreement. The Company believes
that MPS is able to meet this required level of investment.
On May 9, 2003, we entered into a two-year
receivable-backed borrowing arrangement of up to
$100 million with certain financial institutions. In the
arrangement we used a special purpose subsidiary to purchase and
hold all of our United States and Canadian accounts receivable.
This special purpose subsidiary had borrowing authority up to
$100 million collateralized by the United States and
Canadian accounts receivable. The special purpose subsidiary was
consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The transactions
under the arrangement were accounted for as secured borrowing
and accounts receivables, and the related short-term borrowings,
if any, remain on our consolidated balance sheet. As of
March 9, 2004 the dilution to liquidation ratio for this
facility exceeded the agreed upon threshold. The lenders under
the facility agreed to forbear from exercising remedies for
noncompliance with this ratio through March 31, 2004 and in
return, we agreed to apply all collections of receivables to the
repayment of the outstanding facility until repaid in full. As
of March 27, 2004, we had no borrowing under this facility.
On April 2, 2004, this agreement was terminated by all
parties involved.
On June 24, 2004, we entered into a one-year
receivable-backed borrowing arrangement of up to
$100 million with one financial institution collateralized
by all United States and Canadian accounts receivable. In the
arrangement we use a special purpose subsidiary to purchase and
hold all of our United States and Canadian accounts receivable.
This special purpose subsidiary has borrowing authority up to
$100 million based upon eligible United States and Canadian
accounts receivable. The special purpose subsidiary is
consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The transactions
under the arrangement are accounted for as short term borrowings
and remain on our consolidated balance sheet. As of
December 25, 2004 we had borrowed $50 million under
the arrangement (subject to transaction fees); and the interest
rate was LIBOR plus 3% and $151.2 million of United States
and Canadian receivables were pledged under this arrangement and
remain on our consolidated balance sheet. The terms of the
facility require compliance with operational covenants and
several financial covenants, including requirements to maintain
agreed-upon levels of liquidity and for a
dilution-to-liquidation ratio, an operating income (loss) before
depreciation and amortization to long-term debt ratio and
certain other tests relating to the quality and nature of the
financed receivables. A violation of these covenants will result
in an early amortization event that will cause a prohibition on
further payments and distributions to us from the special
purpose subsidiary until the facility has been repaid in full.
Based on the Companys experience with collections on
receivables the Company does not believe that repayment would
take longer than 30 days. However, early amortization
events under the facility generally will not cause an event of
default under the Companys convertible senior notes due
2010 and the Company does not believe that such an event or the
lack of borrowing availability under this facility would have a
material adverse effect on the Companys liquidity.
37
In December 2004, the liquidity covenant and covenant regarding
the ratio of operating income (loss) before depreciation and
amortization to long-term debt were amended in order to assure
compliance based on actual and projected operating results. On
February 7, 2005, the Company reported to the lender that,
as of January 31, 2005, it was not in compliance with the
financial covenant under the facility setting a maximum amount
for the ratio of dilution-to-liquidation of our accounts
receivable. The dilution-to-liquidation ratio compares the
amount of returns, discounts, credits, offsets, and other
reductions to the Companys existing accounts receivable to
collections on accounts receivable over specified periods of
time. On February 11, 2005, the Company entered into an
agreement with the lender providing that it would temporarily
forbear from exercising rights and remedies available to it as a
result of the occurrence of the early amortization event under
the facility caused by the Companys noncompliance with
this covenant as of January 31, 2005. On March 4,
2005, the Company and the lender entered into a second amendment
to the facility documents providing that the lender will
permanently forbear from exercising rights and remedies as a
result of that early amortization event, and providing for an
increase to the permitted maximum level of the
dilution-to-liquidation ratio to assure future compliance based
on actual and projected operating results. In connection with
the second amendment, the Company and the lender also agreed to
increase the annual interest rate under the facility by 0.75%,
to LIBOR plus 3.75%, during any period when the
dilution-to-liquidation ratio exceeds the pre-amendment level.
As a result, the Company is currently in compliance with all
operational and financial covenants under the facility.
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment (SFAS 123(R)). SFAS 123(R)
addresses the accounting for share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options. Under the new
standard, companies will no longer be able to account for
share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic method
in accordance with Accounting Principles Board
(APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees. Instead, companies will be required to
account for such transactions using a fair-value method and
recognize the expense in the consolidated statement of income.
SFAS 123(R) will be effective for periods beginning after
June 15, 2005 and allows, but does not require, companies
to restate the full fiscal year of 2005 to reflect the impact of
expensing share-based payments under SFAS 123(R). We have
not yet determined which fair-value method and transitional
provision we will follow. However, we expect that the adoption
of SFAS 123(R) will have a significant impact on our
results of operations. We do not expect the adoption of
SFAS 123(R) will impact our overall financial position. See
Stock-Based Compensation in note 1 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the pro forma impact on
net income and net income per share from calculating stock-based
compensation costs under the fair value alternative of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (SFAS 123).
However, the calculation of compensation cost for share-based
payment transactions after the effective date of
SFAS 123(R) may be different from the calculation of
compensation cost under SFAS 123, but such differences have
not yet been quantified.
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 153, Exchanges of
Nonmonetary Assets, (SFAS 153), an
amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 Accounting for
Nonmonetary Transactions. This statement was the result of
a joint effort by the FASB and the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB) to improve financial
reporting by eliminating certain narrow differences between
their existing standards. One such difference was the exception
from fair value measurement in APB Opinion No. 29 for
nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets.
SFAS 153 replaces this exception with a general exception
from fair value measurement for exchanges of nonmonetary assets
that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange
has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity
are expected to change significantly as a result of the
exchange. This statement shall be applied prospectively and is
effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal
periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not
believe that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have a material
effect on its financial statements.
38
In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 151, Inventory Costs, an
amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB)
No. 43, Chapter 4 (SFAS 151). The
FASB issued SFAS 151 to clarify the accounting for abnormal
amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and
wasted material (spoilage). This statement was a result of joint
effort by the FASB and IASB to improve financial reporting by
eliminating certain narrow differences between their existing
standards. One such difference was the accounting for abnormal
inventory costs. Both the FASB and IASB agree that abnormal
expenses should be recognized in the period in which they are
incurred; however wording in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4,
Inventory Pricing, led to inconsistent application
of that principle. As such, this statement requires that these
items be recognized as current period charges regardless of
whether they meet the so abnormal criterion outlined
in ARB No. 43. SFAS 151 also introduces the concept of
normal capacity and requires the allocation of fixed
production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity
of the production facilities. Unallocated overheads must be
recognized as an expense in the period in which they are
incurred. This statement is effective for inventory costs
incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005.
The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 151
will have a material effect on its financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB staff issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) No. FAS 109-1, Application of FASB
Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax
Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the
American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 to provide guidance on
the application of Statement of Accounting Standards
No. 109 to the provision within the American Jobs
Creation Act of 2004 that provides tax relief to U.S.
domestic manufacturers. The Company does not believe that it
will exercise the provisions of FSP No. FAS 109-1.
In March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a
consensus on recognition and measurement guidance previously
discussed under Emerging Issues Task Force No. 03-01,
The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its
Application To Certain Investments (EITF
03-01). The consensus clarified the meaning of
other-than-temporary impairment and its application to debt and
equity investments accounted for under SFAS 115 and other
investments accounted for under the cost method. The recognition
and measurement guidance for which the consensus was reached in
March 2004 is to be applied to other-than-temporary impairment
evaluations in reporting periods beginning after June 15,
2004. In September 2004, the FASB issued a final FSP that delays
the effective date for the measurement and recognition guidance
for all investments within the scope of EITF No. 03-01. The
consensus reached in March 2004 also provided for certain
disclosure requirements associated with cost method investments
that were effective for fiscal years ending after June 15,
2004. The Company will evaluate the effect of adopting the
recognition and measurement guidance when the final consensus is
reached.
39
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
March 29, | |
|
June 28, | |
|
September 27, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
March 27, | |
|
June 26, | |
|
September 25, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) | |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
938,889 |
|
|
$ |
910,903 |
|
|
$ |
1,065,531 |
|
|
$ |
1,171,120 |
|
|
$ |
1,019,688 |
|
|
$ |
818,254 |
|
|
$ |
927,204 |
|
|
$ |
1,031,182 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
171,847 |
|
|
|
149,246 |
|
|
|
182,425 |
|
|
|
197,535 |
|
|
|
155,063 |
|
|
|
73,786 |
|
|
|
59,524 |
|
|
|
84,006 |
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
27,408 |
|
|
|
6,196 |
|
|
|
29,887 |
|
|
|
36,969 |
|
|
|
9,163 |
|
|
|
(26,098 |
) |
|
|
(94,781 |
) |
|
|
(70,203 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,211 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
27,408 |
|
|
$ |
6,196 |
|
|
$ |
29,887 |
|
|
$ |
39,180 |
|
|
$ |
9,163 |
|
|
$ |
(26,098 |
) |
|
$ |
(94,781 |
) |
|
$ |
(70,203 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic Continuing
operations
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.38 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.38 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted Continuing
operations
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.38 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.38 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in per share calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
243,634,139 |
|
|
|
241,120,075 |
|
|
|
241,618,320 |
|
|
|
245,439,935 |
|
|
|
246,590,255 |
|
|
|
247,367,176 |
|
|
|
248,728,113 |
|
|
|
250,026,784 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
246,866,117 |
|
|
|
245,259,831 |
|
|
|
252,343,682 |
|
|
|
256,714,105 |
|
|
|
256,960,154 |
|
|
|
247,367,176 |
|
|
|
248,728,113 |
|
|
|
250,026,784 |
|
40
CERTAIN FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE PERFORMANCE
|
|
|
We have a history of significant losses. |
We have a history of significant losses. In the last five fiscal
years, we were profitable in only fiscal years 2000 and 2003.
For the year ended December 25, 2004, our net loss was
$181.9 million. As of December 25, 2004, we had an
accumulated deficit of $1,788.4 million. We are projecting
a loss for the first fiscal quarter of 2005 and may continue to
experience losses in the future.
|
|
|
The decline of average selling prices in the hard disk
drive industry could cause our operating results to suffer and
make it difficult for us to achieve or maintain
profitability. |
It is very difficult to achieve and maintain profitability and
revenue growth in the hard disk drive industry because the
average selling price of a hard disk drive rapidly declines over
its commercial life as a result of technological enhancement,
productivity improvement and increases in supply. In addition,
intense price competition among personal computer manufacturers
and Intel-based server manufacturers may cause the price of hard
disk drives to decline. As a result, the hard disk drive market
tends to experience periods of excess capacity and intense price
competition. Competitors attempts to liquidate excess
inventories, restructure, or gain market share also tend to
cause average selling prices to decline. This excess capacity
and intense price competition may cause us in future quarters to
lower prices, which will have the effect of reducing margins,
causing operating results to suffer and making it difficult for
us to achieve or maintain profitability. If we are unable to
lower the cost of producing our hard disk drives to be
consistent with any decline of average selling prices, we will
not be able to compete effectively and our operating results
will suffer. Furthermore, a decline in average selling prices
may result from end-of-period buying patterns where distributors
and sub-distributors tend to make a majority of their purchases
at the end of a fiscal quarter, aided by disparities between
distribution pricing and OEM pricing greater than historical
norms and pressure on disk drive manufacturers to sell
significant units in the quarter. Due to these factors,
forecasts may not be achieved, either because expected sales do
not occur or because they occur at lower prices or on terms that
are less favorable to us. This increases the chances that our
results could diverge from the expectations of investors and
analysts, which could make our stock price more volatile.
|
|
|
Intense competition in the hard disk drive market could
reduce the demand for our products or the prices of our
products, which could adversely affect our operating
results. |
The desktop computer market segment and the overall hard disk
drive market are intensely competitive even during periods when
demand is stable. We compete primarily with manufacturers of
3.5-inch hard disk drives, including Fujitsu, Hitachi Global
Storage, Samsung, Seagate Technology and Western Digital. Many
of our competitors historically have had a number of significant
advantages, including larger market shares, a broader product
line, preferred vendor status with customers, extensive name
recognition and marketing power, and significantly greater
financial, technical and manufacturing resources. Some of our
competitors make many of their own components, which may provide
them with benefits including lower costs. Others may themselves
or through affiliated entities produce complete computer or
other systems that contain disk drives or other information
storage products, enabling them to the ability to determine
pricing for complete systems without regard to the margins on
individual components. In addition, because components other
than disk drives generally contribute a greater portion of the
operating margin on a complete system than do disk drives, these
manufacturers of complete systems do not necessarily need to
realize a profit on the disk drives included in a system. Our
competitors may also:
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate or establish strategic relationships to lower their
product costs or to otherwise compete more effectively against
us; |
|
|
|
lower their product prices to gain market share; |
|
|
|
sell their products with other products to increase demand for
their products; |
|
|
|
develop new technology which would significantly reduce the cost
of their products; |
41
|
|
|
|
|
get to the market with the next generation product faster or
ramp more effectively; or |
|
|
|
offer more products than we do and therefore enter into
agreements with customers to supply hard disk drives as part of
a larger supply agreement. |
Increasing competition could reduce the demand for our products
and/or the prices of our products as a result of the
introduction of technologically better and cheaper products,
which could reduce our revenues. In addition, new competitors
could emerge and rapidly capture market share. If we fail to
compete successfully against current or future competitors, our
business, financial condition and operating results will suffer.
|
|
|
If we fail to qualify as a supplier to computer
manufacturers or their subcontractors for a future generation of
hard disk drives, then these manufacturers or subcontractors may
not purchase any units of an entire product line, which will
have a significant adverse impact on our sales. |
A significant portion of our products is sold to desktop
computer and Intel-based server manufacturers or to their
subcontractors. These manufacturers select or qualify their hard
disk drive suppliers, either directly or through their
subcontractors, based on quality, storage capacity, performance
and price. Manufacturers typically seek to qualify two or more
suppliers for each hard disk drive product generation. To
qualify consistently, and thus succeed in the desktop and
Intel-based server hard disk drive industry, we must
consistently be among the first-to-market introduction and
first-to-volume production at leading storage capacities per
disk, offering competitive prices and high quality. Once a
manufacturer or subcontractor has chosen its hard disk drive
suppliers for a given desktop computer or Intel-based server
product, it often will purchase hard disk drives from those
suppliers for the commercial lifetime of that product line. It
is, however, possible to fail to maintain a qualification due to
quality or yield issues. If we miss a qualification opportunity
or cease to be qualified due to yield or quality issues, we may
not have another opportunity to do business with that
manufacturer or subcontractor until it introduces its next
generation of products. The effect of missing a product
qualification opportunity is magnified by the limited number of
high-volume manufacturers of personal computers and Intel-based
servers. If we do not reach the market or deliver volume
production in a timely manner, we may not qualify our products
and may need to deliver lower margin, older products than
required in order to meet our customers demands. In such
case, our business, financial condition and operating results
would be adversely affected. In addition, continuing
developments in technology cause a need for us to continuously
manage product transitions, including a need to qualify new
products or qualify improvements to existing products.
Accordingly, if we are unable to manage a product transition
effectively, including the introduction, production or
qualification of any new products or product improvements, our
business and results of operations could be negatively affected.
|
|
|
Because we are substantially dependent on desktop computer
drive sales, a decrease in the demand for desktop computers
could reduce demand for our products. |
Our revenue growth and profitability depend significantly on the
overall demand for desktop computers and related products and
services. Because we sell a significant portion of our products
to the desktop segment of the personal computer industry, we
will be affected more by changes in market conditions for
desktop computers than a company with a broader range of
products. End-user demand for the computer systems that contain
our hard disk drives has historically been subject to rapid and
unpredictable fluctuations. Demand in general for our products
may be reduced by the shift to smaller form factor rigid disk
drives caused by increased sales of notebook computers. Any
decrease in the demand for desktop computers could reduce the
demand for our products, harming our business, financial
condition and operating results.
|
|
|
The loss of one or more significant customers or a
decrease in their orders of products would cause our revenues to
decline. |
We sell most of our products to a limited number of customers.
For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2004, although none
of our customers accounted for 10% or greater of our total
revenue, our top five customers accounted for approximately
35.5% of our revenue. We expect that a relatively small number
of customers will continue to account for a significant portion
of our revenue, and the proportion of our revenue from these
42
customers could continue to increase in the future. These
customers have a wide variety of suppliers to choose from and
therefore can make substantial demands on us. Even if we
successfully qualify a product for a given customer, the
customer generally will not be obligated to purchase any minimum
volume of product from us and generally will be able to
terminate its relationship with us at any time. Our ability to
maintain strong relationships with our principal customers is
essential to our future performance. If we lose a key customer
or if any of our key customers reduce their orders of our
products or require us to reduce our prices before we are able
to reduce costs, our business, financial condition and operating
results could suffer. Mergers, acquisitions, consolidations or
other significant transactions involving our significant
customers may adversely affect our business and operating
results.
|
|
|
Our efforts to improve operating efficiencies through
restructuring activities may not be successful, and the actions
we take to this end could limit our ability to compete
effectively. |
We have taken, and continue to take, various actions to attempt
to improve operating efficiencies at Maxtor through
restructuring. These activities have included closures and
transfers of facilities and significant personnel reductions.
For example, in our third fiscal quarter of 2004, we
transitioned our manufacturing of our server products from MKE
to our facilities in Singapore, began volume shipments of some
of our desktop products from our new manufacturing plant in
Suzhou, China and completed a reduction in force that affected
approximately 377 positions and involved the closures of certain
facilities. In the fourth quarter of 2004 we announced plans to
reduce our U.S. headcount by up to 200 persons in 2005, to
move manufacturing of additional desktop products from Singapore
to China, consolidating our Singapore manufacturing into one
facility by the end of 2005, and plans to relocate the majority
of our media production to Asia starting in 2006. We continue to
look at opportunities for further cost reductions, which may
result in additional restructuring activities in the future. We
cannot assure you that our efforts will result in the increased
profitability, cost savings or other benefits that we expect.
Many factors, including reduced sales volume and average selling
prices, which have impacted gross margins in the past, and the
addition of, or increase in, other operating expenses, may
offset some or all of our anticipated or estimated savings.
Moreover, the reduction of personnel and closure and transfers
of facilities may result in disruptions that affect our products
and customer service. In addition, the transfer of manufacturing
capacity of a product to a different facility frequently
requires qualification of the new facility by some of our OEM
customers. We cannot assure you that these activities and
transfers will be implemented on a cost-effective basis without
delays or disruption in our production and without adversely
affecting our customer relationships and results of operations.
Each of the above measures could have long-term adverse effects
on our business by reducing our pool of technical talent,
decreasing our employee morale, disrupting our production
schedules or impacting the quality of products, making it more
difficult for us to respond to customers, limiting our ability
to increase production quickly if and when the demand for our
products increases and limiting our ability to hire and retain
key personnel. These circumstances could adversely affect our
business and operating results.
|
|
|
If we do not expand into new hard drive markets, our
revenues will suffer. |
To remain a significant supplier of hard disk drives to major
manufacturers of personal computers and Intel-based servers, we
will need to offer a broad range of hard disk drive products to
our customers. Although almost all of our current products are
designed for the desktop computer and the Intel-based server
markets, demand in these markets may shift to products we do not
offer or volume demand may shift to other markets. Such markets
may include laptop computers or handheld consumer products,
which none of our products currently serves. Many other hard
disk drives suppliers compete in these additional parts of the
market, including Cornice, Inc., Fujitsu, Hitachi Global
Storage, GS Magicstor Inc., Samsung, Seagate Technology, Toshiba
and Western Digital, and because these competitors compete in a
broader range of the market, they may not be as impacted by
declines in demand or average selling prices in desktop
products. Improvements in areal density and increases in sales
of notebook computers are resulting in a shift to smaller form
factor rigid disk drives for an expanding number of
applications, including enterprise storage, personal computers
and consumer electronic devices. We will need to successfully
develop and manufacture new products that address additional
hard disk drive market markets or competitors technology
or feature development to remain competitive in the hard disk
drive industry. We recently delayed our planned introduction of
a 2.5-inch
43
product by canceling our 2.5-inch development program and
although we are accelerating our development efforts in the
small form factor market there can be no assurance that we will
successfully develop and introduce a small form factor product
in a timely fashion. If we do not suitably adapt our technology
and product offerings to successfully develop and introduce
additional smaller form factor rigid disk drives, we may not be
able to effectively compete and our business may suffer.
Products using alternative technologies, such as optical
storage, semiconductor memory and other storage technologies,
may also compete with hard disk drive products in such markets.
|
|
|
If we do not successfully introduce new products or
experience product quality problems, our revenues will
suffer. |
While we continually develop new products, the success of our
new product introductions is dependent on a number of factors,
including market acceptance, our ability to manage the risks
associated with product transitions, and the risk that our new
products will have quality problems or other defects in the
early stages of introduction that were not anticipated in the
design of those products. We cannot assure you that we will
avoid technical or other difficulties that could delay or
prevent the successful development, introduction or marketing of
new hard disk drives. Any failure to successfully develop and
introduce new products for our existing customers, or any
quality problems with newly introduced products, could result in
loss of customer business or require us to deliver older, lower
margin product not targeted effectively to customer
requirements, which in turn could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and operating results.
|
|
|
If we fail to develop and maintain relationships with our
key distributors, if we experience problems associated with
distribution channels, or if our key distributors favor our
competitors products over ours, our operating results
could suffer. |
We sell a significant amount of our hard disk drive products
through a limited number of key distributors. If we fail to
develop, cultivate and maintain relationships with our key
distributors, or if these distributors are not successful in
their sales efforts, sales of our products may decrease and our
operating results could suffer. As our sales through these
distribution channels continue to increase, we may experience
problems typically associated with these distribution channels
such as unstable pricing, increased return rates and other
logistical difficulties. Our distributors also sell products
manufactured by our competitors. If our distributors favor our
competitors products over our products for any reason,
they may fail to market our products effectively or continue to
devote the resources necessary to provide us with effective
sales and, as a result, our operating results could suffer.
|
|
|
Our customers have adopted a subcontractor model that
increases our credit risk and could result in an increase in our
operating costs. |
Our significant OEM customers have a subcontractor model that
requires us to contract directly with companies that provide
manufacturing services for personal computer manufacturers. This
exposes us to increased credit risk because these subcontractors
are generally not as well capitalized as personal computer
manufacturers, and our agreements with our customers may not
permit us to increase our prices to compensate for this
increased credit risk. Any credit losses would increase our
operating costs, which could cause our operating results to
suffer. Moreover, the subcontractor will often negotiate for
lower prices than have been agreed with the OEM customer,
resulting in reduced profits to us.
|
|
|
If we fail to match production with product demand or to
manage inventory, our operating results could suffer. |
We base our inventory purchases and commitments on forecasts
from our customers, who are not obligated to purchase the
forecast amounts. If actual orders do not match our forecasts,
or if any products become obsolete between order and delivery
time, we may have excess or inadequate inventory of our
products. In addition, our significant OEM customers have
adopted build-to-order manufacturing models, just-in-time
inventory management processes or customized product features
that require us to maintain inventory at or near the
customers production facility. These policies have
complicated inventory manage-
44
ment strategies that make it more difficult to match
manufacturing plans with projected customer demand and cause us
to carry inventory for more time and to incur additional costs
to manage inventory which could cause our operating results to
suffer. If we fail to manage inventory of older products as we
or our competitors introduce new products with higher areal
density, we may have excess inventory. Excess inventory could
materially adversely affect our operating results and cause our
operating results to suffer.
|
|
|
We are subject to new environmental legislation enacted by
the European Union, if we do not comply our sales could be
adversely impacted. |
The European Union has enacted the Restriction of the Use of
Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic
Equipment Directive (RoHS). RoHS prohibits the use
of certain substances, including lead, in certain products,
including hard disk drives, sold after July 1, 2006. We
will need to ensure that we can manufacture compliant products,
and that we can be assured a supply of compliant components from
suppliers. If we fail to timely provide RoHS compliant products,
our European customers may refuse to purchase our products, and
our business, financial condition and operating results could
suffer.
|
|
|
Because we purchase a significant portion of our parts
from a limited number of third party suppliers, we are subject
to the risk that we may be unable to acquire quality components
in a timely manner, and these component shortages could result
in delays of product shipments and damage our business and
operating results. |
We depend on a limited number of qualified suppliers for
components and subassemblies, including recording heads, media
and integrated circuits. Currently, we purchase recording heads
from two sources, digital signal processors/controllers from one
source and spin/servo integrated circuits from two sources. We
are in the process of developing a two-vendor supply strategy
for digital signal processors/controllers, but we cannot assure
you that such a transition would be successful or that the
resulting model would be more effective than our current
one-vendor model. Our primary media supplier, MMC, is a division
of Maxtor, but cannot supply all of our media needs, and
therefore we are still required to purchase approximately 50% of
our media from an outside source. If one or more of our
suppliers who provide sole or limited source components
encounters business difficulties or ceases to sell components to
us for any reason, we could have immediate shortages of supply
for those components. If we cannot obtain sufficient quantities
of high-quality parts when needed, product shipments would be
delayed and our business, financial condition and operating
results could suffer. We cannot assure you that we will be able
to obtain adequate supplies of critical components in a timely
and economic manner, or at all.
|
|
|
We purchase most of our components from third party
suppliers, and may have higher costs or more supply chain risks
than our competitors who are more vertically integrated. |
Unlike some of our competitors, we do not manufacture any of the
parts used in our products other than about 50% of our media
needs, which we purchase from our division, MMC. Instead, our
products incorporate parts and components designed by and
purchased from third party suppliers. As a result, the success
of our products depends on our ability to gain access to and
effectively integrate parts and components that use leading-edge
technology. To do so we must effectively manage our
relationships with our strategic component suppliers. We must
also effectively integrate different products from a variety of
suppliers and manage difficult scheduling and delivery problems
and in some cases we must incur higher delivery costs for
components than incurred by our competitors.
Some required parts may be periodically in short supply. As a
result, we will have to allow for significant ordering lead
times for some components. Furthermore, in the event that these
suppliers cannot qualify to new leading-edge technology
specifications, our ramp up of production for the new products
will be delayed, reducing opportunities to lower component and
manufacturing costs and lengthening product life cycles. In
addition, we may have to pay significant cancellation charges to
suppliers if we cancel orders for components because we reduce
production due to market oversupply, reduced demand, transition
to new products or technologies or for other reasons. We order
the majority of our components on a purchase order basis and we
have limited long-term volume purchase agreements with only some
of our existing suppliers. If we are unable
45
to successfully manage the access to and integration of parts
obtained from third party suppliers, our business, financial
condition and operating results could suffer.
|
|
|
If we encounter any problems in qualifying our new China
manufacturing facility for production with any of our major OEM
customers, or we have difficulties with transition of
manufacturing to China or a disaster occurs at one of our
plants, our business, financial condition and operating results
could suffer. |
Our Maxtor-owned facilities in Singapore and China are our only
current sources of production for our hard disk drive products.
Our division, MMC, manufactures about 50% of our media needs out
of its facilities in California. Our new manufacturing facility
in China is intended to provide us with a low-cost manufacturing
facility. The China facility has begun volume shipments, has
begun to ramp production and has been qualified for production
by most of our OEM customers. We are planning to transition the
manufacturing of more desktop products from Singapore to China
during 2005. To successfully expand our China manufacturing
operation, we need to recruit and hire a substantial number of
employees, including both direct labor and key management
personnel in China. Any delay or difficulty in qualifying our
China facilitys production of various products with our
customers, or any difficulties or delay in recruiting, hiring or
training personnel in China, could interfere with the planned
ramp in production at the facility, which could harm our
business, financial condition and operating results. We are also
planning to consolidate our manufacturing in Singapore into one
facility by early 2006 and to relocate the majority of our media
production to Asia starting in 2006. Any difficulties or delays
encountered in these transitions may adversely impact our
business. In addition, a tsunami, flood, earthquake, political
instability, act of terrorism or other disaster or condition in
Singapore or China that adversely affects our facilities or
ability to manufacture our hard disk drive products could
significantly harm our business, financial condition and
operating results.
|
|
|
We are subject to risks related to product defects, which
could subject us to warranty claims in excess of our warranty
provision or which are greater than anticipated due to the
unenforceability of liability limitations. |
Our products may contain defects. We generally warrant our
products for one to five years. The standard warranties used by
us and Quantum HDD contain limits on damages and exclusions of
liability for consequential damages and for negligent or
improper use of the products. We establish a warranty provision
at the time of product shipment in an amount equal to estimated
warranty expenses. We may incur additional operating expenses if
these steps do not reflect the actual cost of resolving these
issues, and if any resulting expenses are significant, our
business, financial condition and results of operations will
suffer.
|
|
|
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated
significantly in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the
future. |
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in
the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future. Our
future performance will depend on many factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the average selling price of our products; |
|
|
|
fluctuations in the demand for our products as a result of the
seasonal nature of the desktop computer industry and the markets
for our customers products, as well as the overall
economic environment; |
|
|
|
market acceptance of our products; |
|
|
|
our ability to qualify our products successfully with our
customers; |
|
|
|
changes in purchases by our primary customers, including the
cancellation, rescheduling or deferment of orders; |
|
|
|
changes in product and customer mix; |
|
|
|
actions by our competitors, including announcements of new
products or technological innovations; |
|
|
|
our ability to execute future product development and production
ramps effectively; |
46
|
|
|
|
|
the availability, and efficient use, of manufacturing capacity; |
|
|
|
our ability to retain key personnel; |
|
|
|
our inability to reduce a significant portion of our fixed costs
due, in part, to our ongoing capital expenditure
requirements; and |
|
|
|
our ability to procure and purchase critical components at
competitive prices. |
Many of our expenses are relatively fixed and difficult to
reduce or modify. The fixed nature of our operating expenses
will magnify any adverse effect of a decrease in revenue on our
operating results. Because of these and other factors, period to
period comparisons of our historical results of operations are
not a good predictor of our future performance. If our future
operating results are below the expectations of stock market
analysts, our stock price may decline. Our ability to predict
demand for our products and our financial results for current
and future periods may be affected by economic conditions. This
may adversely affect both our ability to adjust production
volumes and expenses and our ability to provide the financial
markets with forward-looking information.
|
|
|
We face risks from our substantial international
operations and sales. |
We conduct most of our manufacturing and testing operations and
purchase a substantial portion of our key parts outside the
United States. In particular, currently manufacturing operations
for our products are concentrated in Singapore and China, where
our principal manufacturing operations are located. Such
concentration of operations in Singapore and China will likely
magnify the effects on us of any disruptions or disasters
relating to those countries. In addition, we also sell a
significant portion of our products to foreign distributors and
retailers. As a result, we will be dependent on revenue from
international sales. Inherent risks relating to our overseas
operations include:
|
|
|
|
|
difficulties with staffing and managing international operations; |
|
|
|
transportation and supply chain disruptions and increased
transportation expense as a result of epidemics, terrorist
activity, acts of war or hostility, increased security and less
developed infrastructure; |
|
|
|
economic slowdown and/or downturn in foreign markets; |
|
|
|
international currency fluctuations; |
|
|
|
political and economic uncertainty caused by epidemics,
terrorism or acts of war or hostility; |
|
|
|
legislative and regulatory responses to terrorist activity such
as increased restrictions on cross-border movement of products
and technology; |
|
|
|
legislative, regulatory, police, or civil responses to epidemics
or other outbreaks of infectious diseases such as quarantines,
factory closures, or increased restrictions on transportation or
travel; |
|
|
|
general strikes or other disruptions in working conditions; |
|
|
|
labor shortages; |
|
|
|
political instability; |
|
|
|
changes in tariffs; |
|
|
|
generally longer periods to collect receivables; |
|
|
|
unexpected legislative or regulatory requirements; |
|
|
|
reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some
countries; |
|
|
|
significant unexpected duties or taxes or other adverse tax
consequences; |
|
|
|
difficulty in obtaining export licenses and other trade barriers; |
47
|
|
|
|
|
seasonality; |
|
|
|
increased transportation/shipping costs; |
|
|
|
credit and access to capital issues faced by our international
customers; and |
|
|
|
compliance with European Union directives implementing strict
mandates on electronic equipment waste and ban the use of
certain materials in electronic manufacturing. |
The specific economic conditions in each country impact our
international sales. For example, our international contracts
are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars. Significant
downward fluctuations in currency exchange rates against the
U.S. dollar could result in higher product prices and/or
declining margins and increased manufacturing costs. In
addition, we attempt to manage the impact of foreign currency
exchange rate changes by entering into short-term, foreign
exchange contracts. If we do not effectively manage the risks
associated with international operations and sales, our
business, financial condition and operating results could suffer.
|
|
|
Our operations and prospects in China are subject to
significant political, economic and legal uncertainties. |
Our new manufacturing plant in China began volume shipments in
the second half of 2004. We also intend to expand our presence
in the distribution channels serving China. Our business,
financial condition and operating results may be adversely
affected by changes in the political, social or economic
environment in China. Under its current leadership, China has
been pursuing economic reform policies, including the
encouragement of private economic activity and greater economic
decentralization. There can be no assurance, however, that the
Chinese government will continue to pursue such policies or that
such policies will not be significantly altered from time to
time without notice. In addition, Chinese credit policies may
fluctuate from time to time without notice and this fluctuation
in policy may adversely impact our credit arrangements. Any
changes in laws and regulations, or their interpretation, the
imposition of surcharges or any material increase in Chinese tax
rates, restrictions on currency conversion, imports and sources
of supply, devaluations of currency or the nationalization or
other expropriation of private enterprises could have a material
adverse effect on our ability to conduct business and operate
our planned manufacturing facility in China. Chinese policies
toward economic liberalization, and, in particular, policies
affecting technology companies, foreign investment and other
similar matters could change. In addition, our business and
prospects are dependent upon agreements and regulatory approval
with various entities controlled by Chinese governmental
instrumentalities. Our operations and prospects in China would
be materially and adversely affected by the failure of such
governmental entities to grant necessary approvals or honor
existing contracts. If breached, any such contract might be
difficult to enforce in China. The legal system of China
relating to corporate organization and governance, foreign
investment, commerce, taxation and trade is both new and
continually evolving, and currently there can be no certainty as
to the application of its laws and regulations in particular
instances. Our ability to enforce commercial claims or to
resolve commercial disputes is unpredictable. If our business
ventures in China are unsuccessful, or other adverse
circumstances arise from these transactions, we face the risk
that the parties to these ventures may seek ways to terminate
the transactions, or, may hinder or prevent us from accessing
important financial and operational information regarding these
ventures. The resolution of these matters may be subject to the
exercise of considerable discretion by agencies of the Chinese
government, and forces unrelated to the legal merits of a
particular matter or dispute may influence their determination.
Any rights we may have to specific performance, or to seek an
injunction under Chinese law, in either of these cases, are
severely limited, and without a means of recourse by virtue of
the Chinese legal system, we may be unable to prevent these
situations from occurring. The occurrence of any such events
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and operating results. Further, our intellectual
property protection measures may not be sufficient to prevent
misappropriation of our technology in China. The Chinese legal
system does not protect intellectual property rights to the same
extent as the legal system of the United States and effective
intellectual property enforcement may be unavailable or limited.
If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary
information and technology in China, our business, financial
condition and operating results could be materially adversely
affected.
48
|
|
|
We may need additional capital in the future which may not
be available on favorable terms or at all. |
Our business is capital intensive and we may need more capital
in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on
many factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the rate of our sales growth; |
|
|
|
the level of our profits or losses; |
|
|
|
the timing and extent of our spending to expand manufacturing
capacity, support facilities upgrades and product development
efforts; |
|
|
|
the timing and size of business or technology acquisitions; |
|
|
|
the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to
our existing products; and |
|
|
|
the length of product life cycles. |
If we require additional capital it is uncertain whether we will
be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at
all. Further, if we issue equity securities in connection with
additional financing, our stockholders may experience dilution
and/or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or
privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock.
If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, if and when
needed, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products
and services in a timely manner, take advantage of future
opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or
unanticipated requirements or may be forced to limit the number
of products and services we offer, any of which could seriously
harm our business.
|
|
|
We significantly increased our leverage as a result of the
sale of the 6.8% convertible senior notes. |
In connection with our sale of the 6.8% convertible senior
notes (the Notes) on May 7, 2003, we incurred
$230 million of indebtedness, set to mature in April 2010.
We will require substantial amounts of cash to fund semi-annual
interest payments on the Notes, payment of the principal amount
of the Notes upon maturity (or earlier upon a mandatory or
voluntary redemption or if we elect to satisfy a conversion of
the Notes, in whole or in part, with cash rather than shares of
our common stock), as well as future capital expenditures,
investments and acquisitions, payments on our leases and loans,
and any increased working capital requirements. If we are unable
to meet our cash requirements out of available funds, we may
need be to obtain alternative financing, which may not be
available on favorable terms or at all. The degree to which we
are financially leveraged could materially and adversely affect
our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital,
acquisitions or other purposes and could make us more vulnerable
to industry downturns and competitive pressures. In the absence
of such financing, our ability to respond to changing business
and economic conditions, to make future acquisitions, to absorb
adverse operating results or to fund capital expenditures or
increased working capital requirements would be significantly
reduced. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations will
be dependent upon our future performance, which will be subject
to financial, business and other factors affecting our
operations, some of which are beyond our control. If we do not
generate sufficient cash flow from operations to repay the Notes
at maturity, we could attempt to refinance the Notes; however,
no assurance can be given that such a refinancing would be
available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure by
us to satisfy our obligations under the Notes or the indenture
could cause a default under agreements governing our other
indebtedness.
|
|
|
The asset-backed credit facility of up to
$100 million has certain financial covenants with which we
will have to comply to use the facility. |
On June 24, 2004, we entered into a one-year asset-backed
credit facility for up to $100 million with one financial
institution. The facility uses a special purpose subsidiary to
purchase and hold all of our United States and Canadian accounts
receivable. This special purpose subsidiary may borrow up to
$100 million secured by eligible purchased receivables, and
uses such borrowed funds and collections from the receivables to
purchase additional receivables from us and to make other
permitted distributions to us. This special purpose subsidiary
is consolidated for financial reporting purposes, and its
resulting liabilities appear on our
49
consolidated balance sheet as short-term debt. The terms of the
facility require compliance with operational covenants and
several financial covenants, including requirements to maintain
agreed-upon levels of liquidity and for a
dilution-to-liquidation ratio, an operating income (loss) before
depreciation and amortization to long-term debt ratio and
certain other tests relating to the quality and nature of the
financed receivables. In December 2004, the liquidity covenant
and covenant regarding the ratio of operating income (loss)
before depreciation and amortization to long-term debt were
amended in order to assure compliance based on actual and
projected operating results. On February 7, 2005, we
reported to the lender that, as of January 31, 2005, we
were not in compliance with a financial covenant under the
facility setting a maximum amount for the ratio of
dilution-to-liquidation of our accounts receivable. The
dilution-to-liquidation ratio compares the amount of returns,
discounts, credits, offsets, and other reductions to our
existing accounts receivable to collections on accounts
receivable over specified periods of time. On February 11,
2005, we entered into an agreement with the lender providing
that it would temporarily forbear from exercising rights and
remedies available to it as a result of the occurrence of the
early amortization event under the facility caused by our
noncompliance with this covenant as of January 31, 2005. On
March 4, 2005, the Company and the lender entered into a
second amendment to the facility documents providing that the
lender will permanently forbear from exercising rights and
remedies as a result of that early amortization event, and
providing for an increase to the permitted maximum level of the
dilution-to-liquidation ratio. In connection with the second
amendment, the Company and the lender also agreed to increase
the annual interest rate under the facility by 0.75%, to LIBOR
plus 3.75%, during any period when the dilution-to-liquidation
ratio exceeds the pre-amendment level. As a result, the Company
is currently in compliance with all operational and financial
covenants under the facility. A violation of the financial
covenants will result in an early amortization event that will
cause a prohibition on further payments and distributions to us
from the special purpose subsidiary until the facility has been
repaid in full. Based on our experience with collections on
receivables we do not believe that repayment would take longer
than 30 days. However, early amortization events under the
facility generally will not cause an event of default under our
convertible senior notes due 2010 and we do not believe that
such an event or the lack of borrowing availability under this
facility would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
|
|
|
Any failure to adequately protect and enforce our
intellectual property rights could harm our business. |
Our protection of our intellectual property is limited. For
example, we have patent protection on only some of our
technologies. We may not receive patents for our pending or
future patent applications, and any patents that we own or that
are issued to us may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged.
In the case of products offered in rapidly emerging markets,
such as consumer electronics, our competitors may file patents
more rapidly or in greater numbers resulting in the issuance of
patents that may result in unexpected infringement assertions
against us. Moreover, the rights granted under any such patents
may not provide us with any competitive advantages. Finally, our
competitors may develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or
superior technology. We also rely on trade secret, copyright and
trademark laws as well as the terms of our contracts to protect
our proprietary rights. We may have to litigate to enforce
patents issued or licensed to us, to protect trade secrets or
know-how owned by us or to determine the enforceability, scope
and validity of our proprietary rights and the proprietary
rights of others. Enforcing or defending our proprietary rights
could be expensive and might not bring us timely and effective
relief. We may have to obtain licenses of other parties
intellectual property and pay royalties. If we are unable to
obtain such licenses, we may have to stop production of our
products or alter our products. In addition, the laws of certain
countries in which we sell and manufacture our products,
including various countries in Asia, may not protect our
products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as
the laws of the United States. Our remedies in these countries
may be inadequate to protect our proprietary rights. Any failure
to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights could
harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
|
|
|
We are subject to existing claims relating to our
intellectual property which are costly to defend and may harm
our business. |
Prior to our acquisition of the Quantum HDD business, we, on the
one hand, and Quantum and MKE, on the other hand, were sued by
Papst Licensing, GmbH, a German corporation, for infringement of
a number of patents that relate to hard disk drives.
Papsts complaint against Quantum and MKE was filed on
July 30,
50
1998, and Papsts complaint against Maxtor was filed on
March 18, 1999. Both lawsuits, filed in the United States
District Court for the Northern District of California, were
transferred by the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to
the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Louisiana for coordinated pre-trial proceedings with other
pending litigations involving the Papst patents (the MDL
Proceeding). The matters will be transferred back to the
District Court for the Northern District of California for
trial. Papsts infringement allegations are based on
spindle motors that Maxtor and Quantum purchased from third
party motor vendors, including MKE, and the use of such spindle
motors in hard disk drives. We purchased the overwhelming
majority of the spindle motors used in our hard disk drives from
vendors that were licensed under the Papst patents. Quantum
purchased many spindle motors used in its hard disk drives from
vendors that were not licensed under the Papst patents,
including MKE. As a result of our acquisition of the Quantum HDD
business, we assumed Quantums potential liabilities to
Papst arising from the patent infringement allegations Papst
asserted against Quantum. We filed a motion to substitute Maxtor
for Quantum in this litigation. The motion was denied by the
Court presiding over the MDL Proceeding, without prejudice to
being filed again in the future.
In February 2002, Papst and MKE entered into an agreement to
settle Papsts pending patent infringement claims against
MKE. That agreement includes a license of certain Papst patents
to MKE, which might provide Quantum, and thus us, with
additional defenses to Papsts patent infringement claims.
On April 15, 2002, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict
Litigation ordered a separation of claims and remand to the
District of Columbia of certain claims between Papst and another
party involved in the MDL Proceeding. By order entered
June 4, 2002, the court stayed the MDL Proceeding pending
resolution by the District of Columbia court of the remanded
claims. These separated claims relating to the other party are
currently proceeding in the District Court for the District of
Columbia.
The results of any litigation are inherently uncertain and Papst
may assert other infringement claims relating to current
patents, pending patent applications, and/or future patent
applications or issued patents. Additionally, we cannot assure
you we will be able to successfully defend ourselves against
this or any other Papst lawsuit. Because the Papst complaints
assert claims to an unspecified dollar amount of damages, and
because we were at an early stage of discovery when the
litigation was stayed, we are unable to determine the possible
loss, if any, that we may incur as a result of an adverse
judgment or a negotiated settlement. A favorable outcome for
Papst in these lawsuits could result in the issuance of an
injunction against us and our products and/or the payment of
monetary damages equal to a reasonable royalty. In the case of a
finding of a willful infringement, we also could be required to
pay treble damages and Papsts attorneys fees. The
litigation could result in significant diversion of time by our
technical personnel, as well as substantial expenditures for
future legal fees. Accordingly, although we cannot currently
estimate whether there will be a loss, or the size of any loss,
a litigation outcome favorable to Papst could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results. Management believes that it has valid
defenses to the claims of Papst and is defending this matter
vigorously.
|
|
|
If Quantum incurs non-insured tax liabilities as a result
of its separation of Quantum HDD from Quantum Corporation in
connection with our acquisition of the Quantum HDD business, our
financial condition and operating results could be negatively
affected. |
In connection with our acquisition of the Quantum HDD business,
we agreed to indemnify Quantum for the amount of any tax payable
by Quantum as a result of the separation of the Quantum HDD
business from Quantum Corporation (referred to as a
split-off) to the extent such tax is not covered by
insurance, unless imposition of the tax is the result of
Quantums actions, or acquisitions of Quantum stock, after
the transaction. The amount of the tax not covered by insurance
could be substantial. In addition, if it is determined that
Quantum owes federal or state tax as a result of the transaction
and the circumstances giving rise to the tax are covered by our
indemnification obligations, we will be required to pay Quantum
the amount of the tax at that time, whether or not reimbursement
may be allowed under the insurance policy. Even if a claim is
available, made and pending under the tax opinion insurance
policy, there may be a substantial period after we pay Quantum
for the tax before the outcome of the insurance claim is finally
known, particularly if the claim is denied by the insurance
company and the denial is disputed by us and/or Quantum.
Moreover,
51
the insurance company could prevail in a coverage dispute. In
any of these circumstances, we would have to either use our
existing cash resources or borrow money to cover our obligations
to Quantum. In either case, our payment of the tax, whether
covered by insurance or not, could harm our business, financial
condition, operating results and cash flows.
|
|
|
The loss of key personnel could harm our business. |
Our success depends upon the continued contributions of our
executives and other key employees, many of whom would be
extremely difficult to replace. The loss of the services of one
or more of our key senior executive officers could also affect
our ability to successfully implement our business objectives
which could slow the growth of our business and cause our
operating results to decline. Like many other technology
companies, we have implemented workforce reductions that in some
cases resulted in the termination of key employees who have
substantial knowledge of our business. In addition, we have
experienced significant turnover of our senior management over
the last two years. These and any future workforce reductions
may also adversely affect the morale of, and our ability to
retain, employees who have not been terminated, which may result
in the further loss of key employees. We do not have key person
life insurance on any of our personnel. Worldwide competition
for experienced executives and finance personnel and other
skilled employees in the hard disk drive industry is extremely
intense. If we are unable to retain existing employees or to
hire and integrate new employees, our business, financial
condition and operating results could suffer. In addition,
companies in the hard disk drive industry whose employees accept
positions with competitors often claim that the competitors have
engaged in unfair hiring practices. We may be the subject of
such claims in the future as we seek to hire qualified personnel
and we could incur substantial costs defending ourselves against
those claims.
|
|
|
We have experienced significant turnover of senior
management, our current executive management team has been
together for a limited time and we are continuing to hire new
senior executives, and these changes may impact our ability to
develop strategic plans or to execute effectively on our
business objectives, which could adversely impact our business
and operating results. |
Throughout 2003 and 2004, we announced a series of changes in
our management that included the departure of many senior
executives and appointment of a number of the members of our
current senior management team. We have had three chief
executive officers and five chief financial officers since the
beginning of 2003. Many of our senior executives joined us in
late 2004, and we may continue to make additional changes to our
senior management team. Both our Chief Executive Officer
Dr. C.S. Park and our President and Chief Operating Officer
Michael Wingert were appointed in November 2004, though each had
served us in different capacities since the mid-90s. Our Chief
Financial Officer Duston Williams was appointed in December
2004. Our Executive Vice President, Operations Fariba Danesh was
appointed in September 2004. Our Senior Vice President,
Worldwide Sales Kurt Richarz was promoted to this position in
February 2005, although he has served in senior sales executive
positions with the Company since July 2002. Because of these
changes, our current senior executive team has not worked
together as a group for a significant length of time. If our new
management team is unable to work together effectively to
implement our strategies and manage our operations and
accomplish our business objectives, our ability to grow our
business and successfully meet operational challenges could be
severely impaired.
|
|
|
We could be subject to environmental liabilities which
could increase our expenses and harm our business, financial
condition and results of operations. |
Because of the chemicals we use in our manufacturing and
research operations, we are subject to a wide range of
environmental protection regulations in the United States,
Singapore and China. While we do not believe our operations to
date have been harmed as a result of such laws, future
regulations may increase our expenses and harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Even if we are in
compliance in all material respects with all present
environmental regulations, in the United States environmental
regulations often require parties to fund remedial action
regardless of fault. As a consequence, it is often difficult to
estimate the future impact of environmental matters, including
potential liabilities. If we have to make
52
significant capital expenditures or pay significant expense in
connection with future remedial actions or to continue to comply
with applicable environmental laws, our business, financial
condition and operating results could suffer.
On January 27, 2003, the European Union adopted the Waste
Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (WEEE)
The WEEE directive will alter the manner in which electronic
equipment is handled in the European Union. Ensuring compliance
with the WEEE directive could result in additional costs and
disruption to operations and logistics and thus, could have a
negative impact on our business, operations and financial
condition. The directive will be phased-in gradually, with most
obligations becoming effective on August 13, 2005.
|
|
|
The market price of our common stock fluctuated
substantially in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the
future as a result of a number of factors, including the release
of new products by us or our competitors, the loss or gain of
significant customers or changes in stock market analysts
estimates. |
The market price of our common stock and the number of shares
traded each day have varied greatly. Such fluctuations may
continue due to numerous factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
quarterly fluctuations in operating results; |
|
|
|
announcements of new products by us or our competitors such as
products that address additional hard disk drive markets; |
|
|
|
gains or losses of significant customers; |
|
|
|
changes in stock market analysts estimates; |
|
|
|
the presence of short-selling of our common stock; |
|
|
|
sales of a high volume of shares of our common stock by our
large stockholders; |
|
|
|
events affecting other companies that the market deems
comparable to us; |
|
|
|
general conditions in the semiconductor and electronic systems
industries; and |
|
|
|
general economic conditions in the United States and abroad. |
|
|
|
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal
controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results. As a result, current and potential stockholders could
lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our
business and the trading price of our stock. |
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide
reliable financial reports. If we cannot provide reliable
financial reports, our business and operating results could be
harmed. We have in the past discovered, and may in the future
discover, areas of our internal controls that need improvement.
For example, in February 2005 the Company determined that two
purchase accounting entries recorded in connection with the 2001
acquisition of the Quantum HDD business required correction. The
first correction related to the fact that at the time of the
acquisition, sufficient deferred tax assets were available to
offset the $196.5 million deferred tax liability recorded
as part of the acquisition and accordingly a reduction in the
Companys deferred tax asset valuation allowance should
have been recorded rather than recognition of additional
goodwill. The second correction related to the reversal of
$13.8 million of a restructuring reserve associated with
the acquisition to reflect discounting to present value of
liabilities associated with such accrual. These errors were
first discovered and brought to the attention of management by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in connection with their work on the
audit for fiscal 2004. The Company restated its consolidated
financial statements for each of the three years in the period
ended December 27, 2003 by filing a Form 10-K/ A for
the year ended December 27, 2003 to correct these errors.
The Company also recorded two adjustments identified by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in connection with their interim
review of the Companys third fiscal quarter of 2004
results and the preparation of the Form 10-Q for such
quarter. These adjustments addressed the fact that the
Companys severance accrual
53
computations omitted future severance payments for certain
personnel who had been notified of termination under the
Companys announced restructuring plan and also the fact
that the Company had failed to apply the appropriate discount
rate to the facility accrual associated with the Companys
restructuring activities. The impact of these two adjustments
did not require the restatement of any of the Companys
financial statements.
The ineffective control over the application of generally
accepted accounting principles in relation to complex,
non-routine transactions in the financial reporting process
could result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim
financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. As
a result, management has determined that this control deficiency
constituted a material weakness as of December 25, 2004.
Because of the material weakness described above, management has
concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 25, 2004,
based on criteria in Internal Control Integrated
Frameworkissued by the COSO. The Companys management
has identified the steps necessary to address the material
weakness described above, and has begun to execute remediation
plans, as discussed in Section 9A. Controls and
Procedures of this Report. The Company believes that these
corrective actions, taken as a whole, have mitigated the control
deficiencies with respect to our preparation of this Report and
that these measures have been effective to ensure that
information required to be disclosed in this Report has been
recorded, processed, summarized and reported correctly. The
Company is in the process of developing procedures for the
testing of these controls to determine if the material weakness
has been remediated and expects that testing of these controls
will be substantially completed by the end of our fiscal first
quarter.
Any failure to implement and maintain the improvements in the
controls over our financial reporting, or difficulties
encountered in the implementation of these improvements in our
controls, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting
obligations. Any failure to improve our internal controls to
address these identified weaknesses could also cause investors
to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which
could have a negative impact on the trading price of our stock.
|
|
|
Decreased effectiveness of equity compensation could
adversely affect our ability to attract and retain employees,
and proposed changes in accounting for equity compensation could
adversely affect earnings. |
We have historically used stock options and other forms of
equity-related compensation as key components of our total
employee compensation program in order to align employees
interests with the interests of our stockholders, encourage
employee retention, and provide competitive compensation
packages. In recent periods, many of our employee stock options
have had exercise prices in excess of our stock price, which
could affect our ability to retain or attract present and
prospective employees. In addition, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board and other agencies have proposed changes to
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
that would require Maxtor and other companies to record a charge
to earnings for employee stock option grants and other equity
incentives. Moreover, new regulations implemented by the New
York Stock Exchange (NYSE) prohibiting NYSE member
organizations from giving a proxy to vote on equity-compensation
plans unless the beneficial owner of the shares has given voting
instructions could make it more difficult for us to grant
options to employees in the future. To the extent that new
regulations make it more difficult or expensive to grant options
to employees, we may incur increased compensation costs, change
our equity compensation strategy or find it difficult to
attract, retain and motivate employees, each of which could
materially and adversely affect our business.
|
|
|
Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of
incorporation could discourage potential acquisition proposals
or delay or prevent a change of control. |
We have a number of protective provisions in place designed to
provide our board of directors with time to consider whether a
hostile takeover is in our best interests and that of our
stockholders. These provisions could discourage potential
acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in
control of the company and also could diminish the opportunities
for a holder of our common stock to participate in tender
offers, including offers at a price above the then-current
market price for our common stock. These provisions also may
inhibit fluctuations in our stock price that could result from
takeover attempts.
54
|
|
Item 7A. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk |
Derivatives
We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to manage
foreign currency exchange risk associated with our operations
primarily in Singapore and Switzerland. The foreign exchange
forward contracts we enter into generally have original
maturities ranging from one to three months. We do not enter
into foreign exchange forward contracts for trading purposes. We
do not expect gains or losses on these contracts to have a
material impact on our financial results.
Investments
We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types
and maturities. These marketable securities are generally
classified as available for sale and, consequently, are recorded
on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains or
losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other
comprehensive income. Part of this portfolio includes
investments in bank issues, corporate bonds and commercial
papers. For additional information regarding our impairment
policy, see note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The following table presents the hypothetical changes in fair
values in the financial instruments held at December 25,
2004 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. These
instruments are not leveraged and are held for purposes other
than trading. The hypothetical changes assume immediate shifts
in the U.S. Treasury yield curve of plus or minus
50 basis points (bps), 100 bps, and
150 bps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 25, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+150 bps | |
|
+100 bps | |
|
+50 bps | |
|
($000) |
|
-50 bps | |
|
-100 bps | |
|
-150 bps | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Financial Instruments
|
|
$ |
102,806 |
|
|
$ |
103,192 |
|
|
$ |
103,578 |
|
|
$103,969 |
|
$ |
104,359 |
|
|
$ |
104,761 |
|
|
$ |
105,158 |
|
% Change
|
|
|
(1.12 |
)% |
|
|
(0.75 |
)% |
|
|
(0.38 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
0.38 |
% |
|
|
0.76 |
% |
|
|
1.14 |
% |
We are exposed to certain equity price risks on our investments
in common stock. These equity securities are held for purposes
other than trading. The following table presents the
hypothetical changes in fair values of the public equity
investments that are sensitive to changes in the stock market.
The modeling technique used measures the hypothetical change in
fair value arising from selected hypothetical changes in the
stock price. Stock price fluctuations of plus or minus
15 percent, plus or minus 25 percent, and plus or
minus 50 percent were selected based on the probability of
their occurrence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 25, |
|
|
|
|
Valuation of Security Given X% | |
|
2004 |
|
Valuation of Security Given X% | |
|
|
Decrease in the Security Price | |
|
($000) |
|
Increase in the Security Price | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
Corporate equity investments
|
|
$ |
5,021 |
|
|
$ |
7,532 |
|
|
$ |
8,536 |
|
|
$10,042 |
|
$ |
11,548 |
|
|
$ |
12,553 |
|
|
$ |
15,063 |
|
% Change
|
|
|
(50 |
)% |
|
|
(25 |
)% |
|
|
(15 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
55
|
|
Item 8. |
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data |
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
Consolidated Financial Statements of Maxtor Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets December 27, 2003
and December 25, 2004
|
|
|
57 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Fiscal years
ended December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003 and
December 25, 2004
|
|
|
58 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2002, December 27,
2003 and December 25, 2004
|
|
|
59 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Fiscal years
ended December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003 and
December 25, 2004
|
|
|
60 |
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
61 |
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
Financial Statement Schedules:
|
|
|
|
|
The following consolidated financial statement schedule of
Maxtor Corporation is filed as part of this Report and should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements
of Maxtor Corporation:
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
101 |
|
Schedules not listed above have been omitted since they are not
applicable or are not required or the information required to be
set therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements
or notes thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
56
MAXTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except share and | |
|
|
per share amounts) | |
ASSETS |
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
530,816 |
|
|
$ |
378,065 |
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
37,154 |
|
|
|
24,561 |
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
44,543 |
|
|
|
103,969 |
|
|
Restricted marketable securities
|
|
|
42,337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of doubtful accounts of
$11,220 at December 27, 2003 and $8,228 at
December 25, 2004
|
|
|
540,943 |
|
|
|
425,528 |
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
37,964 |
|
|
|
40,838 |
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
218,011 |
|
|
|
229,410 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
38,301 |
|
|
|
36,336 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,490,069 |
|
|
|
1,238,707 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
342,679 |
|
|
|
347,934 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
635,175 |
|
|
|
496,194 |
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
61,619 |
|
|
|
1,450 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
13,908 |
|
|
|
30,168 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
2,543,450 |
|
|
$ |
2,114,453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term
debt
|
|
$ |
77,037 |
|
|
$ |
82,561 |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
730,056 |
|
|
|
674,947 |
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
455,875 |
|
|
|
332,679 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
1,262,968 |
|
|
|
1,090,187 |
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
355,809 |
|
|
|
382,570 |
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
172,695 |
|
|
|
58,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,791,472 |
|
|
|
1,531,041 |
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 95,000,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 525,000,000 shares
authorized; 259,246,819 shares issued and
246,001,081 shares outstanding at December 27, 2003
and 263,413,578 shares issued and 250,167,840 shares
outstanding at December 25, 2004
|
|
|
2,592 |
|
|
|
2,634 |
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
2,410,082 |
|
|
|
2,429,551 |
|
Deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,606,451 |
) |
|
|
(1,788,370 |
) |
Cumulative other comprehensive income
|
|
|
10,804 |
|
|
|
4,536 |
|
Treasury stock (13,245,738 shares) at cost
|
|
|
(64,939 |
) |
|
|
(64,939 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
751,978 |
|
|
|
583,412 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$ |
2,543,450 |
|
|
$ |
2,114,453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
57
MAXTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) | |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
3,779,514 |
|
|
$ |
4,086,443 |
|
|
$ |
3,796,328 |
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
3,382,099 |
|
|
|
3,385,390 |
|
|
|
3,423,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
397,415 |
|
|
|
701,053 |
|
|
|
372,379 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
401,014 |
|
|
|
354,050 |
|
|
|
323,200 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
148,486 |
|
|
|
131,703 |
|
|
|
127,932 |
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
82,248 |
|
|
|
85,279 |
|
|
|
35,994 |
|
|
Restructuring and impairment charges
|
|
|
9,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
641,243 |
|
|
|
571,032 |
|
|
|
552.274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(243,828 |
) |
|
|
130,021 |
|
|
|
(179,895 |
) |
Interest expense
|
|
|
(26,945 |
) |
|
|
(30,604 |
) |
|
|
(32,371 |
) |
Interest income
|
|
|
8,012 |
|
|
|
5,160 |
|
|
|
5,255 |
|
Income from litigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,750 |
|
Other gain (loss)
|
|
|
4,370 |
|
|
|
(613 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(258,391 |
) |
|
|
103,964 |
|
|
|
(182,180 |
) |
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
2,175 |
|
|
|
3,504 |
|
|
|
(261 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(260,566 |
) |
|
|
100,460 |
|
|
|
(181,919 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(73,501 |
) |
|
|
2,211 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(334,067 |
) |
|
$ |
102,671 |
|
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$ |
(1.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
Discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(0.31 |
) |
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$ |
(1.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
Discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(0.31 |
) |
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in per share calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
basic
|
|
|
239,474,179 |
|
|
|
243,022,694 |
|
|
|
247,671,870 |
|
|
|
diluted
|
|
|
239,474,179 |
|
|
|
251,135,683 |
|
|
|
247,671,870 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
58
MAXTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
Additional | |
|
Deferred | |
|
|
|
Other | |
|
|
|
Total | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
|
| |
|
Paid-In | |
|
Stock-based | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
Treasury | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
Income | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Capital | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Income | |
|
Stock | |
|
Equity | |
|
(Loss) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance, December 29, 2001
|
|
|
241,977,795 |
|
|
|
2,420 |
|
|
|
2,323,885 |
|
|
|
(3,809 |
) |
|
|
(1,375,055 |
) |
|
|
4,211 |
|
|
|
(20,000 |
) |
|
|
931,652 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(334,067 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(334,067 |
) |
|
$ |
(334,067 |
) |
|
Unrealized loss on investments in equity securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,834 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,834 |
) |
|
|
(1,834 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(335,901 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock under stock option plan and related benefit
plans
|
|
|
5,529,449 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
22,422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,477 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,946 |
|
|
|
2,616 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 28, 2002
|
|
|
247,507,244 |
|
|
|
2,475 |
|
|
|
2,349,253 |
|
|
|
(1,193 |
) |
|
|
(1,709,122 |
) |
|
|
2,377 |
|
|
|
(20,000 |
) |
|
|
623,790 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,671 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,671 |
|
|
$ |
102,671 |
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments in equity securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,427 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,427 |
|
|
|
8,427 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
111,098 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock under stock option plan and related benefit
plans
|
|
|
11,739,575 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
60,989 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,106 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(160 |
) |
|
|
1,083 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
923 |
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares repurchased at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44,939 |
) |
|
|
(44,939 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 27, 2003
|
|
|
259,246,819 |
|
|
$ |
2,592 |
|
|
$ |
2,410,082 |
|
|
$ |
(110 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,606,451 |
) |
|
$ |
10,804 |
|
|
$ |
(64,939 |
) |
|
$ |
751,978 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(181,919 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(181,919 |
) |
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
|
Unrealized loss on investments in equity securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,268 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,268 |
) |
|
|
(6,268 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(188,187 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock under stock option plan and related benefit
plans
|
|
|
4,166,759 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
19,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,385 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 25, 2004
|
|
|
263,413,578 |
|
|
$ |
2,634 |
|
|
$ |
2,429,551 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,788,370 |
) |
|
$ |
4,536 |
|
|
$ |
(64,939 |
) |
|
$ |
583,412 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
59
MAXTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$ |
(260,566 |
) |
|
$ |
100,460 |
|
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from continuing
operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
155,829 |
|
|
|
156,639 |
|
|
|
146,020 |
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets
|
|
|
82,248 |
|
|
|
85,279 |
|
|
|
35,994 |
|
|
Intangible asset impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,175 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred compensation related to Quantum DSS
restricted shares
|
|
|
4,103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
5,562 |
|
|
|
923 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
Restructuring charge
|
|
|
9,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,502 |
|
|
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets
|
|
|
2,568 |
|
|
|
3,235 |
|
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
Loss on asset revaluation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,776 |
|
|
Loss on program cancellation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
780 |
|
|
Gain on retirement of bond
|
|
|
(2,832 |
) |
|
|
(163 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on redemption of pro rata portion of Quantum
Corporations bond
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
951 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized loss on investment
|
|
|
(1,307 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
19,783 |
|
|
|
(216,068 |
) |
|
|
115,415 |
|
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
(2,400 |
) |
|
|
825 |
|
|
|
(2,874 |
) |
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
5,587 |
|
|
|
(42,466 |
) |
|
|
(11,399 |
) |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
10,093 |
|
|
|
11,358 |
|
|
|
11,520 |
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
45,336 |
|
|
|
89,040 |
|
|
|
(54,021 |
) |
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
(70,711 |
) |
|
|
(29,948 |
) |
|
|
(122,330 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities from
continuing operations
|
|
|
2,788 |
|
|
|
160,065 |
|
|
|
(4,396 |
) |
|
|
|
Net cash used in discontinued operations
|
|
|
(31,578 |
) |
|
|
(7,948 |
) |
|
|
(798 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(28,790 |
) |
|
|
152,117 |
|
|
|
(5,194 |
) |
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
348 |
|
|
|
755 |
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(139,080 |
) |
|
|
(131,876 |
) |
|
|
(171,579 |
) |
Change in restricted cash and marketable securities
|
|
|
41,882 |
|
|
|
19,593 |
|
|
|
(8,983 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
|
|
|
171,447 |
|
|
|
55,953 |
|
|
|
57,969 |
|
Purchase of marketable securities
|
|
|
(92,063 |
) |
|
|
(56,911 |
) |
|
|
(77,113 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(17,537 |
) |
|
|
(112,893 |
) |
|
|
(198,951 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of debt, including short-term borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259,428 |
|
|
|
54,655 |
|
Principal payments of debt including short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(25,595 |
) |
|
|
(108,593 |
) |
|
|
(8,268 |
) |
Principal payments under capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(24,038 |
) |
|
|
(29,677 |
) |
|
|
(14,126 |
) |
Purchase of treasury stock at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44,939 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from receivable-backed borrowing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,823 |
|
|
|
49,748 |
|
Payment of receivable-backed borrowing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,000 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock from employee stock
purchase plan and stock options exercised
|
|
|
22,477 |
|
|
|
61,106 |
|
|
|
19,385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(27,156 |
) |
|
|
185,148 |
|
|
|
51,394 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(73,483 |
) |
|
|
224,372 |
|
|
|
(152,751 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
379,927 |
|
|
|
306,444 |
|
|
|
530,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$ |
306,444 |
|
|
$ |
530,816 |
|
|
$ |
378,065 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$ |
21,839 |
|
|
$ |
28,805 |
|
|
$ |
28,154 |
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$ |
5,840 |
|
|
$ |
1,628 |
|
|
$ |
3,685 |
|
Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment financed by accounts
payable
|
|
$ |
7,058 |
|
|
$ |
5,868 |
|
|
$ |
4,780 |
|
|
Retirement of debt in exchange for bond redemption
|
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments
|
|
$ |
(1,834 |
) |
|
$ |
8,427 |
|
|
$ |
(6,268 |
) |
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment financed by capital
lease obligations
|
|
$ |
11,232 |
|
|
$ |
7,373 |
|
|
$ |
24 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
60
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
1. |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Maxtor Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries
(Maxtor or the Company). All significant
inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
The Company shut down its Network Systems Group
(NSG) in 2002. Accordingly, the Companys
financial statements have been presented to reflect NSG as a
discontinued operation for all periods presented. Its
liabilities (no remaining assets) have been segregated from
continuing operations in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheet as of December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003
and its operating results have been segregated and reported as
discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
The Company operates and reports financial results on a fiscal
year of 52 or 53 weeks ending on the last Saturday of
December in each year. Accordingly, fiscal year 2004 ended on
December 25, 2004, fiscal year 2003 ended on
December 27, 2003 and fiscal year 2002 ended on
December 28, 2002. Fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 each
comprised 52 weeks. All references to years in these Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements represent fiscal years
unless otherwise noted.
Maxtor Corporation is a supplier of hard disk drives for
desktop, enterprise and consumer electronics applications.
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the
date of the financial statements and reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual
results may likely differ from those estimates and such
differences could be material.
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less at time of purchase to
be cash equivalents except restricted cash. Cash and cash
equivalents include money market accounts, commercial paper and
various deposit accounts. The carrying amount of cash and cash
equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term
maturity of those assets.
The Companys restricted cash balance was
$24.6 million at December 25, 2004. The total
restricted amount was pledged as collateral for certain stand-by
letters of credit issued by commercial banks. These amounts are
reported in the Companys consolidated balance sheets as
current depending on when the cash and marketable securities can
be contractually released.
|
|
|
Marketable Debt and Equity Securities |
The Companys marketable debt securities are comprised of
U.S. obligations; U.S. government debt agencies;
corporate debt securities; bank issues; and mortgage and asset
backed securities. These marketable debt securities are carried
at fair value, in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards
61
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
No. 115 Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities (SFAS 115). All
marketable debt securities are held in the Companys name
and are managed primarily under custodial agreements with
financial institutions. All of the Companys marketable
debt securities were classified as available-for-sale.
Unrealized gains and losses on these investments are included in
other comprehensive income (loss) and disclosed as a separate
component of shareholders equity. Realized gains and
losses on sales of all such investments are reported within the
caption of other gain (loss) in the results of
operations and computed using the specific identification method.
All marketable equity securities are classified as
available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized
gains and losses on marketable equity securities classified as
available-for-sale are included in other comprehensive income
(loss) and are reported as a separate component of
stockholders equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of
all such investments are included in the results of operations
computed using the specific identification cost method.
The Companys investments in equity and marketable
securities are monitored on a periodic basis for impairment. In
the event that the carrying value of an investment exceeds its
fair value and the decline in value is determined to be
other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new
cost basis for the investment is established. Fair values for
investments in public companies are determined using quoted
market prices. Fair values for investments in privately-held
companies are estimated based upon one or more of the following:
pricing models using historical and forecasted financial
information and current market rates, liquidation values, the
values of recent rounds of financing, or quoted market prices of
comparable public companies. As of December 25, 2004 and
December 27, 2003, the Company did not have any amounts
included in marketable debt and equity securities associated
with investments in privately-held companies. Marketable debt
and equity securities, which are classified as
available-for-sale, are summarized as follows, as of
December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted | |
|
|
|
|
Gross | |
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
Marketable | |
|
|
Purchase | |
|
Unrealized | |
|
Unrealized | |
|
Aggregate | |
|
Debt | |
|
|
Amortized Cost | |
|
Gains | |
|
Losses | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
Securities | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US Government debt securities
|
|
$ |
72,899 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(435 |
) |
|
$ |
72,464 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Asset backed securities
|
|
|
9,862 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
9,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
13,534 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
13,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of deposits
|
|
|
8,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total marketable debt securities
|
|
$ |
104,495 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(526 |
) |
|
$ |
103,969 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
$ |
4,980 |
|
|
$ |
5,062 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
10,042 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US Government debt securities
|
|
$ |
62,864 |
|
|
$ |
229 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
63,093 |
|
|
$ |
31,455 |
|
Asset backed securities
|
|
|
9,678 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,688 |
|
|
|
4,704 |
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
8,841 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,849 |
|
|
|
3,778 |
|
Certificate of deposits
|
|
|
5,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,250 |
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total marketable debt securities
|
|
$ |
86,633 |
|
|
$ |
247 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
86,880 |
|
|
$ |
42,337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
$ |
4,980 |
|
|
$ |
10,556 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
15,536 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Inventories include material, direct labor and related
manufacturing overhead, and are stated at the lower of cost
(computed on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. The Company
writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or excess
inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory
and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about
future demand and market conditions.
|
|
|
Property, Plant and Equipment |
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and are
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the assets, which generally range from three to five
years, except for buildings, which are depreciated over thirty
years. Assets under leasehold improvements are amortized over
the shorter of the asset life or the remaining lease term. Upon
disposal, the Company removes the asset and accumulated
depreciation from its records and recognizes the related gain or
loss in results of operations.
Repair and maintenance expenditures, which are not considered
improvements and do not extend the useful life of property,
plant and equipment, are expensed as incurred.
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and acquisition
costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired.
Other intangible assets represent existing technology, being
amortized over the estimated useful lives ranging from three to
five years. The Company evaluates the periods of amortization
continually to determine whether later events and circumstances
warrant renewed estimates of useful lives.
In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, (SFAS 142) which is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001.
SFAS 142 requires, among other things, the discontinuance
of goodwill amortization. In addition, the standard included
provisions upon adoption for the reclassification of certain
existing recognized intangibles as goodwill, reassessment of the
useful lives of existing recognized intangibles,
reclassification of certain intangibles out of previously
reported goodwill and the testing for impairment of existing
goodwill and other intangibles. As a result, the Company
reclassified its existing acquired assembled workforce balance
to goodwill, as it does not meet the separate recognition
criterion according to SFAS 142. Commencing in fiscal 2002,
the Company adopted SFAS 142.
|
|
|
Impairment of Long-lived Assets, Including Goodwill and
Other Intangibles |
The Company assesses the impairment of its long-lived assets,
other identifiable intangibles and related goodwill periodically
in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
(SFAS 144). The Company also assesses the
impairment of enterprise level goodwill periodically in
accordance with the provision of SFAS 142.
SFAS 142 prescribes a two-step process for impairment
testing of goodwill. The first step, used to identify potential
impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its
carrying amount, including goodwill. An impairment review is
performed annually or whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be
recoverable. Factors considered important which could result in
an impairment review include but are not limited to, significant
underperformance relative to expected historical or projected
future operating results, undiscounted cash flows are less than
the carrying value, significant changes in the manner of use of
the acquired assets or the strategy for the Companys
overall business, significant negative industry or economic
trends, a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained
period, and the Companys market capitalization relative to
net book value. The second step (if necessary), measures the
amount of impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of
reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of
63
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
that goodwill. If the Company determines that the carrying value
of goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of
one or more of the above indicators of impairment, the Company
will measure any impairment based on the projected discounted
cash flow method using a discount rate commensurate with the
risk inherent to the Companys current business model.
The Company completed its first step impairment analysis in the
fourth quarter of 2004 and found no instances of impairment of
its recorded goodwill; accordingly, the second testing step was
not necessary during fiscal year 2004.
The Company generally warrants its products against defects in
materials and workmanship for varying lengths of time. The
Company records an accrual for estimated warranty costs when
revenue is recognized. Warranty covers cost of repair or
replacement of the hard drive and the warranty periods generally
range from one to five years. The Company has comprehensive
processes that it uses to estimate accruals for warranty
exposure. The processes include specific detail on hard drives
in the field by product type, estimated failure rates and costs
to repair or replace. Although the Company believes it has the
continued ability to reasonably estimate warranty expenses,
unforeseeable changes in factors used to estimate the accrual
for warranty could occur. These unforeseeable changes could
cause a material change in the Companys warranty accrual
estimate. Such a change would be recorded in the period in which
the change was identified.
Effective September 2004, the Company announced the introduction
of a new warranty period for new sales extending the term to
three or five years for certain products shipped to the
distribution channel. Consistent with the Companys
existing accounting policies relating to product warranties, the
Company revised its estimate of product warranties for sales
made after the institution of the new warranty period to reflect
this new warranty period; this revised estimate is reflected in
its results reported for the year ended December 25, 2004.
|
|
|
Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other
Contingencies |
The Company accounts for its restructuring liabilities in
connection with business combinations in accordance with
Emerging Issues Task Force No. 95-3, Recognition of
Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business
Combination (EITF 95-3). EITF 95-3 requires
that the Company record an estimated liability if the estimated
costs are not associated with or are not incurred to generate
revenues of the combined entity after the consummation date and
they meet certain criteria defined within EITF 95-3. The Company
accounts for its restructuring liabilities initiated after
December 31, 2002 under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated
with Exist or Disposal Activities (SFAS 146).
During the year ended December 25, 2004, the Company
recorded restructuring liabilities under SFAS 146 as
described in note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements. The Company accounted for restructuring liabilities
initiated in 2002 in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force
No. 94-3 (EITF 94-3), Liability
Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other
Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a
Restructuring), which requires the Company to record the
liability resulting from estimated costs that are not associated
with or do not benefit activities that will be continued. The
Company accounts for litigation and contingencies in accordance
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5
(SFAS 5), Accounting for
Contingencies. SFAS 5 requires that the Company
record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when
information available prior to issuance of the Companys
financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset
has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date
of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated.
64
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
Foreign Currency Translation |
The functional currency for all foreign operations is the
U.S. dollar. As such, all material foreign exchange gains
or losses are included in the determination of net income
(loss). Net foreign exchange losses included in net income
(loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2002,
December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004 were
immaterial.
|
|
|
Foreign Exchange Contracts |
Although the majority of the Companys transactions are in
U.S. dollars, the Company enters into currency forward
contracts to manage foreign currency exchange risk associated
with its operations primarily in Singapore dollars and Euro.
From time to time, the Company purchases short-term, forward
exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency
fluctuations on certain underlying assets, liabilities and
commitments for operating expenses denominated in foreign
currencies. The purpose of entering into these hedge
transactions is to minimize the impact of foreign currency
fluctuations on the results of operations. A majority of the
increases or decreases in the Companys local currency
operating expenses are offset by gains and losses on the hedges.
The contracts generally have maturity dates that do not exceed
three months. The Company does not purchase short-term forward
exchange contracts for trading purposes. There were no
outstanding forward exchange contracts as of December 24,
2004 and December 27, 2003.
The Company accounts for derivative instruments and for hedging
activities in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 133 (SFAS 133),
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities. Since the adoption of SFAS 133, the
Company has elected not to designate these forward exchange
contracts as accounting hedges and any changes in fair value
have been recorded through the results of operations for the
year ended December 25, 2004.
The Company derives its revenue from the sale of products. As
described below, significant management judgments and estimates
must be made and used in connection with the revenue recognized
in any accounting period with respect to the amount of reserves
for sales returns, allowances and doubtful accounts. Material
differences may result in the amount and timing of the
Companys revenue for any period if its management made
different judgments or utilized different estimates.
In recognizing revenue in any period, the Company applies the
provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, Revenue
Recognition.
Revenue from sales of products is recognized when persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, including a fixed price to
the buyer, delivery has occurred and collectibility is
reasonably assured; this generally occurs upon shipment.
For all sales the Company uses either a binding purchase order
or signed purchase agreement as evidence of an arrangement.
Sales through its distributors are evidenced by a master
agreement governing the relationship together with binding
purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis. The
Companys arrangements generally do not include acceptance
clauses.
The Company assesses collection based on a number of factors,
including past transaction history with the customer and the
credit-worthiness of the customer. The Company does not request
collateral from its customers.
Delivery generally occurs when product is delivered to a common
carrier. Certain of the Companys products are delivered on
an FOB destination basis. The Company defers its revenue
associated with these transactions until the delivery has
occurred at the customers premises.
65
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Sales to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) are
subject to agreements allowing limited rights of return and
sales incentive programs. Sales incentive programs are typically
related to an OEMs level of purchases. Estimated
reductions to revenue for sales incentive programs are provided
at the time the revenue is recorded. Returns from OEMs have not
been material in any period as the Companys principal OEM
customers have adopted build-to-order manufacturing model or
just-in-time inventory management processes.
Sales to distributors and retailers (resellers) are
subject to agreements allowing limited rights of return, price
protection, sales incentive programs and advertising. These
programs are generally related to a resellers level of
sales, order size or point of sale activity. The Company
provides for these programs as deductions from revenues at the
time the revenue is recorded based on estimated requirements.
These estimates are based primarily on estimated future price
erosion, customer sell-through levels and program participation.
Such estimates are adjusted periodically to reflect actual and
anticipated experience.
Estimated product returns are provided in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 48
(SFAS 48), Revenue Recognition When Right
of Return Exists. Resellers have limited rights of return
which allow them to return a percentage of the prior
quarters purchases by these resellers. Accordingly,
revenue is not recognized with respect to those shipments which
management estimates will be returned. The Company believes that
these estimates are reasonably accurate due to the short time
period during which the Companys resellers can return
products, the limitations placed on their right to make returns,
the Companys long history of conducting business directly
with resellers, the nature of the Companys historical
relationships with resellers and the weekly reporting procedures
through which the Company monitors inventory levels at resellers
and sales to end-users.
When evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful
accounts, management analyzes specific accounts receivable and
establishes a specific reserve based on its assessment of
collectibility of specific accounts. The Company also
establishes a general reserve based on its evaluation of the
general risk of uncollectibility after considering its historic
bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer
credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in its
customer payment terms. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was
$8.2 million as of December 25, 2004, consisting of
42% specific and 58% general reserves. If the financial
condition of the Companys customers were to deteriorate,
resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, or
if the actual bad debts differ from the estimate, the Company
would be required to record an adjustment to the allowance.
The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred. For the years
ended December 25, 2004, December 27, 2003 and
December 28, 2002, advertising costs totaled
$2.1 million, $2.4 million and $5.0 million,
respectively. Advertising and other marketing development costs
incurred by the Companys customers and funded by the
Company through purchase volume rebates are accounted for as a
reduction of the revenue associated with such customers.
|
|
|
Accounting for Income Taxes |
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability
method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on differences between
financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and
are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be
in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The
Company is required to adjust its deferred tax assets and
liabilities in the period when tax rates or the provisions of
the income tax laws change. Valuation allowances are established
to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be
realized.
66
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB)
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees and related Interpretations, and complies with
the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation (SFAS 123) and Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosures
(SFAS 148). The Company adopted FASB
Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain
Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of
APB 25 (FIN 44) as of July 1,
2000. FIN 44 provides guidance on the application of
APB Opinion No. 25 for stock-based compensation to
employees. For fixed grants, under APB Opinion No. 25,
compensation expense is based on the excess of the fair value of
the Companys stock over the exercise price, if any, on the
date of the grant and is recorded on a straight-line basis over
the vesting period of the options, which is generally four
years. For variable grants, compensation expense is based on
changes in the fair value of the Companys stock and is
recorded using the methodology set out in FASB Interpretation
No. 28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and
Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans, an interpretation of
APB 15 and APB 25 (FIN 28).
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation issued to
non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123
and Emerging Issues Task Force No. 96-18, Accounting
for Equity Investments That Are Issued to Non-Employees for
Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or
Services.
The following proforma net income (loss) information for
Maxtors stock options and employee stock purchase plan has
been prepared following the provisions of SFAS 123 (in
thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25 | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders, as reported
|
|
$ |
(334,067 |
) |
|
$ |
102,671 |
|
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in
reported net income (loss)
|
|
|
5,562 |
|
|
|
923 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense
determined under fair value method for all awards
|
|
|
40,013 |
|
|
|
27,913 |
|
|
|
22,664 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(368,518 |
) |
|
$ |
75,681 |
|
|
$ |
(204,347 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share As reported basic
|
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
Pro forma basic
|
|
$ |
(1.54 |
) |
|
$ |
0.31 |
|
|
$ |
(0.83 |
) |
|
As reported diluted
|
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
Pro forma diluted
|
|
$ |
(1.54 |
) |
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
(0.83 |
) |
For further information on assumptions used in determining the
fair value stock option grants, see note 11 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
The proforma net income (loss) disclosures made above are not
necessarily representative of the effects on pro forma net
income (loss) for future years as options granted typically vest
over several years and additional option grants are expected to
be made in future years. Had we adopted the recognition and
measurement provisions of SFAS 123 for the years ended
December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003 and
December 25, 2004, the stock-based employee compensation
expense would have been $40.0 million, $27.9 million
and $22.7 million, respectively, compared to
$5.6 million, $0.9 million and $0.2 million
recorded in the Companys income statement, respectively.
67
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) Per Share |
Net income (loss) per share has been computed in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
Earnings per Share (SFAS 128).
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted
average common shares outstanding during the year, which is
exclusive of stock subject to future vesting. Diluted net income
(loss) per share is computed using the weighted average common
shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during
the year. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the
computation of diluted net loss per share for those presented
years in which their effect would be anti-dilutive due to the
Companys net losses.
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Comprehensive income (loss) as defined includes all changes in
equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources.
Cumulative other comprehensive income (loss), as presented in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consists of the
net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of
tax, if any. Total comprehensive income (loss) for each of the
three years is presented in the following table (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(334,067 |
) |
|
$ |
102,671 |
|
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments in equity securities
|
|
|
495 |
|
|
|
8,567 |
|
|
|
(6,234 |
) |
Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gain (loss)
included in net income (loss)
|
|
|
2,329 |
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(335,901 |
) |
|
$ |
111,098 |
|
|
$ |
(188,187 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances
to conform to current year classifications. These
reclassifications had no impact on prior year stockholders
equity or results of operations.
|
|
|
Recent Accounting Pronouncements |
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(revised 2004),
Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)).
SFAS 123R addresses the accounting for share-based payments
to employees, including grants of employee stock options. Under
the new standard, companies will no longer be able to account
for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic
method in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Instead, companies
will be required to account for such transactions using a
fair-value method and recognize the expense in the consolidated
statement of income. SFAS 123(R) will be effective for
periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and allows, but does
not require, companies to restate the full fiscal year of 2005
to reflect the impact of expensing share-based payments under
SFAS 123(R). The Company has not yet determined which
fair-value method and transitional provision we will follow.
However, it expects that the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will
have a significant impact on its results of operations. The
Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will
impact its overall financial position. See Stock-Based
Compensation in note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for the pro forma impact on net income and
net income per share from calculating stock-based compensation
costs under the fair value alternative of SFAS 123.
However, the calculation of compensation cost for share-based
payment transactions after the effective date of
68
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
SFAS 123(R) may be different from the calculation of
compensation cost under SFAS 123, but such differences have
not yet been quantified.
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 153 (SFAS 153),
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB
Opinion No. 29 Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions. This statement was the result of a joint
effort by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards
Board (IASB) to improve financial reporting by
eliminating certain narrow differences between their existing
standards. One such difference was the exception from fair value
measurement in APB Opinion No. 29 for nonmonetary exchanges
of similar productive assets. SFAS 153 replaces this
exception with a general exception from fair value measurement
for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial
substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if
the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change
significantly as a result of the exchange. This statement shall
be applied prospectively and is effective for nonmonetary asset
exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after
June 15, 2005. The Company does not believe that the
adoption of SFAS 153 will have a material effect on its
financial statements.
In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 151 (SFAS 151),
Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin (ARB) No. 43, Chapter 4.
The FASB issued SFAS 151 to clarify the accounting for
abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling
costs and wasted material (spoilage). This statement was a
result of joint effort by the FASB and IASB to improve financial
reporting by eliminating certain narrow differences between
their existing standards. One such difference was the accounting
for abnormal inventory costs. Both the FASB and IASB agree that
abnormal expenses should be recognized in the period in which
they are incurred; however wording in ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4, Inventory Pricing, led to
inconsistent application of that principle. As such, this
statement requires that these items be recognized as current
period charges regardless of whether they meet the so
abnormal criterion outlined in ARB No. 43.
SFAS 151 also introduces the concept of normal
capacity and requires the allocation of fixed production
overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the
production facilities. Unallocated overheads must be recognized
as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. This
statement is effective for inventory costs incurred during
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company
does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 151 will have a
material effect on its financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB staff issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) No. FAS 109-1, Application of FASB
Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax
Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the
American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 to provide guidance on
the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 109 to the provision within the American Jobs
Creation Act of 2004 that provides tax relief to U.S.
domestic manufacturers. The Company does not believe that it
will exercise the provisions of FSP No. FAS 109-1.
In March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a
consensus on recognition and measurement guidance previously
discussed under Emerging Issues Task Force No. 03-01,
The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its
Application To Certain Investments
(EITF 03-01). The consensus clarified the
meaning of other-than-temporary impairment and its application
to debt and equity investments accounted for under SFAS 115
and other investments accounted for under the cost method. The
recognition and measurement guidance for which the consensus was
reached in March 2004 is to be applied to other-than-temporary
impairment evaluations in reporting periods beginning after
June 15, 2004. In September 2004, the FASB issued a final
FSP that delays the effective date for the measurement and
recognition guidance for all investments within the scope of
EITF No. 03-01. The consensus reached in March 2004 also
provided for certain disclosure requirements associated with
cost method investments that were effective for fiscal years
ending after June 15, 2004. The Company will evaluate the
effect of adopting the recognition and measurement guidance when
the final consensus is reached.
69
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
2. |
Certain Risks and Concentrations |
The Companys revenues are derived from the sale of its
hard disk drive products. The markets in which the Company
competes are highly competitive and rapidly changing.
Significant technological changes, changes in customer
requirements, or the emergence of competitive products with new
capabilities or technologies could adversely affect operating
results. The Company has historically derived substantially all
of its net revenues from the hard disk drive products. As a
result of this revenue concentration, the Companys
business could be harmed by a decline in demand for, or in the
prices of, these products as a result of, among other factors,
any change in pricing model, a maturation in the markets for
these products, increased price competition or a failure by the
Company to keep up with technological change.
The Company sells a significant amount of its products through
intermediaries such as distributors. Revenue from sales to
distributors represented 41.8% and 39.4% of total revenues in
the years ended December 27, 2003 and December 25,
2004, respectively. The Companys distributor agreements
may be terminated by either party without cause. If one of the
Companys significant distributors terminates its
distribution agreement, the Company could experience a
significant interruption in the distribution of its products.
The Companys distributors may sell other vendors
products that are complementary to, or compete with, its
products. While the Company encourages its distributors to focus
on the Companys products through market and support
programs, these distributors may give greater priority to
products of other suppliers, including competitors.
Financial instruments which potentially subject Maxtor to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of accounts
receivable, cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable
securities. The Company has cash equivalents and marketable
securities policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to
any one financial institution and restricts placement of these
funds to financial institutions evaluated as highly
credit-worthy. Maxtors products are sold worldwide to
OEMs, distributors, and retailers. Concentration of credit risk
with respect to the Companys trade receivables is limited
by an ongoing credit evaluation process and the geographical
dispersion of sales transactions. Therefore, collateral is
generally not required from the Companys customers. The
allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon the expected
collectibility of all accounts receivable. As of
December 25, 2004, the Company had one customer who
accounted for 13.2% of the outstanding trade receivables and
another customer who accounted for 11.9% of the outstanding
trade receivables. There were only two customers who accounted
for more than 10% of the outstanding trade receivables as of
December 25, 2004. If the customers fail to perform their
obligations to the Company, such failures would have adverse
effects upon Maxtors financial position, results of
operations, cash flows and liquidity.
For the year ended December 25, 2004, the Company had a
loss from operations of $181.9 million. As of
December 25, 2004, the Company had an accumulated deficit
of $1,788.4 million. The Company operates in a highly
competitive market characterized by rapidly changing technology.
The Company intends to incur significant expenses to continue to
develop and promote new products as well as to support existing
product sales. Failure to generate sufficient revenues from new
and existing products may require the Company to delay, scale
back or eliminate certain research and development or marketing
programs.
The Company believes that cash, cash equivalents, restricted
cash and marketable securities will be sufficient to meet its
needs for operations and working capital requirements through
fiscal 2005. If we need additional capital, there can be no
assurance that such additional financing will be available on
acceptable terms, or at all.
70
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
3. |
Supplemental Financial Statement Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$ |
56,132 |
|
|
$ |
79,904 |
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
44,650 |
|
|
|
57,800 |
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
117,229 |
|
|
|
91,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
218,011 |
|
|
$ |
229,410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in equity securities, at fair value
|
|
$ |
15,536 |
|
|
$ |
10,042 |
|
|
Asset held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,200 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
22,765 |
|
|
|
18,094 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
38,301 |
|
|
$ |
36,336 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
$ |
152,381 |
|
|
$ |
155,172 |
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
608,735 |
|
|
|
659,324 |
|
|
Software
|
|
|
79,682 |
|
|
|
86,014 |
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
26,583 |
|
|
|
27,604 |
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
86,430 |
|
|
|
91,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
953,811 |
|
|
$ |
1,019,685 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(611,132 |
) |
|
|
(671,751 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property, plant and equipment
|
|
$ |
342,679 |
|
|
$ |
347,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
$ |
23,763 |
|
|
$ |
7,605 |
|
|
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses
|
|
|
132,967 |
|
|
|
59,524 |
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
209,426 |
|
|
|
185,940 |
|
|
Restructuring liabilities, short-term
|
|
|
9,096 |
|
|
|
9,707 |
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
79,136 |
|
|
|
69,903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
454,388 |
|
|
$ |
332,679 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax indemnification liability
|
|
$ |
135,559 |
|
|
$ |
8,760 |
|
|
Restructuring liabilities, long-term
|
|
|
29,727 |
|
|
|
43,911 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7,409 |
|
|
|
5,613 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
172,695 |
|
|
$ |
58,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense of property, plant and
equipment for the years ended December 25, 2004,
December 27, 2003 and December 28, 2002 was
$146.0 million, $156.6 million and
$155.8 million, respectively. Total property, plant and
equipment recorded under capital leases was $15.6 million
and $38.3 million, as of December 25, 2004 and
December 27, 2003, respectively. Total accumulated
depreciation under capital leases was $8.9 million as of
December 25, 2004.
71
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
4. |
Sales of Accounts Receivables |
In July 1998, the Company entered into an accounts receivable
securitization program (the Program) with a group of
commercial banks. On November 15, 2001, the Company amended
and restated the Program, extending the Program for another
three years and increasing the available size of the Program
from $200 million to $300 million. On
December 30, 2002, the Company elected to terminate the
Program. Under the Program, the Company sold U.S. and Canadian
accounts receivable in securitization transactions and retains a
subordinated interest and servicing rights to those receivables.
The eligible receivables, net of estimated credit losses, were
sold to third party conduits through a wholly-owned
bankruptcy-remote entity that was consolidated for financial
reporting purposes. The investors in the securitized receivables
had no recourse to the Companys assets as a result of
debtors defaults except for the retained interests in the
securitized accounts receivable. The Company retained the
portion of the sold receivables that was in excess of the
minimum receivables level required to support the securities
issued by the third party conduits, referred to as retained
interest. The carrying amount of the Companys retained
interest, which approximated fair value because of the
short-term nature of receivables, was recorded in accounts
receivable. The Company serviced the sold receivables and
charged the third party conduits a monthly servicing fee at
market rates; accordingly, no servicing asset or liability was
recorded.
The Company accounted for the Program under the FASBs
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishment of Liabilities
(SFAS 140). The Program qualifies for treatment
as a sale under SFAS 140. As of December 28, 2002, the
outstanding balance of securitized accounts receivable held by
the third party conduits totaled $140.3 million, of which
the Companys subordinated retained interest was
$95.3 million. Accordingly, $45.0 million of accounts
receivable balances, net of applicable allowances were removed
from the consolidated balance sheets at December 28, 2002.
Delinquent amounts and credit losses related to these
receivables were not material as of December 28, 2002.
Expenses associated with the Program totaled $4.0 million
in the year ended December 28, 2002 and were included
within the interest expense caption of the results of operations
statement. In fiscal year ended 2002, $1.0 million of these
expenses, related primarily to the loss on sale of receivables,
net of related servicing revenues, with the remainder
representing program and facility fees. Net cash flows from
sales (repayments) under the Program was $(0.2) million for
the year ended December 28, 2002.
|
|
5. |
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets |
Commencing in fiscal 2002, the Company adopted SFAS 142.
SFAS 142 requires goodwill to be tested for impairment
under certain circumstances, written down when impaired, and
requires purchased intangible assets other than goodwill to be
amortized over their useful lives unless these lives are
determined to be indefinite. Goodwill and indefinite lived
intangible assets will be subject to an impairment test at least
annually.
The Company ceased amortizing goodwill totaling
$667.2 million as of the adoption date, including
$31.1 million, net of accumulated amortization, of acquired
workforce intangibles previously classified as purchased
intangible assets. Subsequent to the decision to shut down the
manufacture and sales of NSG products in 2002, the Company wrote
off goodwill related to the NSG operations of $32.0 million
to loss from discontinued operations. As of December 25,
2004, goodwill amounted to $496.2 million.
Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated
amortization. Upon adoption of FAS 142, the Company
evaluated its intangible assets and determined that all such
assets have determinable lives. Amortization is computed over
the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally
three to five years. The Company expects amortization expense on
purchased intangible assets to be $0.9 million in fiscal
2005 and $0.6 million in fiscal 2006, at which time
purchased intangible assets will be fully amortized.
72
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Amortization of other intangible assets was $82.2 million,
$85.3 million and $36.0 million for the years ended
December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003 and
December 25, 2004, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, 2003 | |
|
December 25, 2004 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
|
Useful | |
|
Carrying | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
Carrying | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Asset | |
|
|
|
|
Life | |
|
Amount | |
|
Amortization | |
|
Net | |
|
Amount | |
|
Amortization | |
|
Impairment | |
|
Net | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(Years) | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
(In thousands) | |
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
635,175 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
635,175 |
|
|
$ |
496,194 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
496,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quantum HDD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology Core technology
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
$ |
96,700 |
|
|
$ |
(53,185 |
) |
|
$ |
43,515 |
|
|
$ |
96,700 |
|
|
$ |
(72,525 |
) |
|
$ |
(24,175 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
Consumer electronics
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
8,900 |
|
|
|
(8,158 |
) |
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
8,900 |
|
|
|
(8,900 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High-end
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
75,500 |
|
|
|
(69,208 |
) |
|
|
6,292 |
|
|
|
75,500 |
|
|
|
(75,500 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Desktop
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
105,000 |
|
|
|
(96,250 |
) |
|
|
8,750 |
|
|
|
105,000 |
|
|
|
(105,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MMC Technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4,350 |
|
|
|
(2,030 |
) |
|
|
2,320 |
|
|
|
4,350 |
|
|
|
(2,900 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,450 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
290,450 |
|
|
$ |
(228,831 |
) |
|
$ |
61,619 |
|
|
$ |
290,450 |
|
|
$ |
(264,825 |
) |
|
$ |
(24,175 |
) |
|
$ |
1,450 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At the time of the Companys acquisition of the Quantum HDD
business, the Company agreed to indemnify Quantum for additional
taxes related to the Quantum DSS business for all periods before
Quantums issuance of tracking stock and additional taxes
related to the Quantum HDD business for all periods prior to the
Companys acquisition. This indemnity was originally
limited to aggregate of $142.0 million plus 50% of any
excess over $142.0 million, excluding any required gross up
payments (the Tax Indemnity). During the year ended
December 25, 2004, the Company and Quantum entered into a
Mutual General Release and Global Settlement Agreement
(Agreement) as a result of certain favorable
developments concerning Quantums potential liability
subject to the Tax Indemnity. See note 9 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the
Tax Indemnity. As a result, the Company reduced its tax related
liabilities by $139.0 million of which $124.6 million
related to the tax indemnification and $14.4 million of
other taxes payable related to the Agreement. Correspondingly,
the Company reduced goodwill by $139.0 million.
During 2004, gross margins declined from 15.2% in the first
quarter to 6.4% in the third quarter. The primary driver for the
decline was the erosion of average selling price. The Company
expected profitability to improve in the fourth quarter based on
seasonal trends; however, the improvement was less than
expected. During the fourth quarter, the Board of Directors
determined that a change in direction was required and hired a
new management team who began to review product lines,
manufacturing strategy and overall cost competitiveness,
resulting in a new operating plan for the Company in December
2004. The reduced gross margin levels experienced during the
fourth quarter of 2004 and projected for 2005 triggered an
impairment review of the Companys long-lived assets.
In accordance with SFAS 144, long-lived assets are reviewed
for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the
carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable.
Recoverability is determined by comparing the forecasted
undiscounted cash flows of the operation to which the assets
relate to the carrying amount of the assets. If the undiscounted
cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, then
amortizable intangible assets are written down first, followed
by other long-lived assets of the operation, to fair value. Fair
value is determined based on discounted cash flows. Long-lived
assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying
amount or fair value less costs to sell. The Company completed
its impairment analysis as of December 25, 2004 and as a
result recorded an impairment charge of $24.2 million
related to acquired intangibles from the acquisition of the
Quantum HDD business.
73
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
6. |
Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt |
Short-term borrowings and long-term debt consist of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
6.8% Convertible Senior Notes due April 30, 2010
|
|
$ |
230,000 |
|
|
$ |
230,000 |
|
5.75% Subordinated Debentures due March 1, 2012
|
|
|
59,352 |
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
Economic Development Board of Singapore Loans
|
|
|
24,138 |
|
|
|
27,148 |
|
Manufacturing facility Loan, Suzhou China
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
Mortgages
|
|
|
34,164 |
|
|
|
32,582 |
|
Equipment Loans and Capital Leases
|
|
|
20,192 |
|
|
|
6,090 |
|
Receivables-backed Borrowings
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432,846 |
|
|
|
465,131 |
|
Less amounts due within one year
|
|
|
(77,037 |
) |
|
|
(82,561 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
355,809 |
|
|
$ |
382,570 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future aggregate maturities as of December 25, 2004 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending |
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) | |
2005
|
|
$ |
82,561 |
|
2006
|
|
|
34,196 |
|
2007
|
|
|
14,055 |
|
2008
|
|
|
20,005 |
|
2009
|
|
|
50,003 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
264,311 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
465,131 |
|
|
|
|
|
The future minimum annual lease payments on capital leases as of
December 25, 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 25, | |
Fiscal Year Ending |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
2005
|
|
$ |
5,421 |
|
2006
|
|
|
880 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments & estimated residual
|
|
$ |
6,316 |
|
Imputed interest
|
|
|
(226 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum of lease payments
|
|
|
6,090 |
|
Current portion
|
|
|
(5,209 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Long-term capitalized lease obligations
|
|
$ |
881 |
|
|
|
|
|
On May 7, 2003, the Company sold $230 million in
aggregate principal amount of 6.8% convertible senior notes
due 2010 to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The
notes are unsecured and effectively subordinated to all existing
and future secured indebtedness. The notes are convertible into
the Companys common stock at a conversion rate of
81.5494 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the notes, or
an aggregate of 18,756,362 shares, subject to adjustment in
certain circumstances (equal to an initial conversion price of
$12.2625 per share). The Company has the right to
74
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
settle its obligation with cash or common stock. The initial
conversion price represents a 125% premium over the closing
price of the Companys common stock on May 1, 2003,
which was $5.45 per share. Prior to May 5, 2008, the
Notes will not be redeemable at the Companys option.
Beginning May 5, 2008, if the closing price of the
Companys common stock for 20 trading days within a period
of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day before
the date of mailing of the redemption notice exceeds 130% of the
conversion price in effect on such trading day, the Company may
redeem the Notes in whole or in part, in cash, at a redemption
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being
redeemed plus any accrued and unpaid interest and accrued and
unpaid liquidated damages, if any, to, but excluding, the
redemption date. If, at any time, substantially all of the
Companys common stock is exchanged or acquired for
consideration that does not consist entirely of common stock
that is listed on a United States national securities exchange
or approved for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market or
similar system, the holders of the notes have the right to
require the Company to repurchase all or any portion of the
notes at their face value plus accrued interest.
The 5.75% Subordinated Debentures due March 1, 2012
require semi-annual interest payments and annual sinking fund
payments of $5.0 million, which commenced March 1,
1998. The Debentures are subordinated in right to payment to all
senior indebtedness. The Company owns bonds in a principal
amount sufficient to fulfill its sinking fund obligation until
March 1, 2005.
On June 24, 2004, the Company entered into a one-year
receivable-backed borrowing arrangement of up to
$100 million with one financial institution collateralized
by all United States and Canadian accounts receivable. In the
arrangement the Company uses a special purpose subsidiary to
purchase and hold all of its United States and Canadian accounts
receivable. This special purpose subsidiary has borrowing
authority up to $100 million based upon eligible United
States and Canadian accounts receivable. The special purpose
subsidiary is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The
transactions under the arrangement are accounted for as short
term borrowings and remain on the Companys consolidated
balance sheet. As of December 25, 2004 the Company had
borrowed $50 million under the arrangement (subject to
transaction fees); and, the interest rate was LIBOR plus 3% and
$151.2 million of United States and Canadian receivables
were pledged under this arrangement and remain on the
Companys consolidated balance sheet. The terms of the
facility require compliance with operational covenants and
several financial covenants, including requirements to maintain
agreed-upon levels of liquidity and for a
dilution-to-liquidation ratio, an operating income (loss) before
depreciation and amortization to long-term debt ratio and
certain other tests relating to the quality and nature of the
financed receivables. Based on the Companys experience
with collections on receivables the Company does not believe
that repayment would take longer than 30 days. However,
early amortization events under the facility generally will not
cause an event of default under the Companys convertible
senior notes due 2010 and the Company does not believe that such
an event or the lack of borrowing availability under this
facility would have a material adverse effect on the
Companys liquidity.
In December 2004, the liquidity covenant and covenant regarding
the ratio of operating income (loss) before depreciation and
amortization to long-term debt were amended in order to assure
compliance based on actual and projected operating results. On
February 7, 2005, the Company reported to the lender that,
as of January 31, 2005, it was not in compliance with a
financial covenant under the facility setting a maximum amount
for the ratio of dilution-to-liquidation of our accounts
receivable. The dilution-to-liquidation ratio compares the
amount of returns, discounts, credits, offsets, and other
reductions to the Companys existing accounts receivable to
collections on accounts receivable over specified periods of
time. On February 11, 2005, the Company entered into an
agreement with the lender providing that it would temporarily
forbear from exercising rights and remedies available to it as a
result of the occurrence of the early amortization event under
the facility caused by the Companys noncompliance with
this covenant as of January 31, 2005. On March 4,
2005, the Company and the lender entered into a second amendment
to the facility documents providing that the lender will
permanently forbear from exercising rights and remedies as a
result of that early amortization event, and providing for an
increase to the permitted maximum level of the
dilution-to-liquidation ratio. In connection with the second
amendment, the Company and the lender also agreed to increase
the annual
75
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
interest rate under the facility by 0.75%, to LIBOR plus 3.75%,
during any period when the dilution-to-liquidation ratio exceeds
the pre-amendment level. As a result, the Company is currently
in compliance with all operational and financial covenants under
the facility.
In April 2003, the Company obtained credit lines with the Bank
of China for up to $133 million to be used for the
construction and working capital requirements of the
manufacturing facility being established in Suzhou, China. These
lines of credit are U.S.-dollar-denominated and are drawable
until April 2007. Maxtor Technology Suzhou (MTS) has
drawn down $60 million as of December 2004, consisting of
the plant construction loan in the amount of $30 million
made available by the Bank of China to MTS in October 2003, and
a project loan in the amount of $30 million made available
by the Bank of China to MTS in August 2004. Borrowings under
these lines of credit are collateralized by the facilities being
established in Suzhou, China. The interest rate on the plant
construction loan was LIBOR plus 50 basis points (subject
to adjustment to 60 basis points), with the borrowings
repayable in two installment payments of $15 million in
October 2008 and April 2009, respectively. The interest rate on
the project loan was LIBOR plus 100 basis points, and the
borrowing is repayable in August 2009. Both the construction
loan and the project loan require the Company to make
semi-annual payments of interest and require MTS to maintain
financial covenants, including a maximum liability to assets
ratio and a minimum earnings to interest expense ratio, the
first ratio to be tested annually commencing in December 2004
and the latter ratio to be tested annually commencing in
December 2005. MTS is in compliance with all covenants as of
December 25, 2004. In connection with the funding of the new
project loan, the parent company of MTS, Maxtor International
Sàrl, Switzerland, agreed to guaranty MTS obligations
under both the construction loan and the project loan.
In September 1999, Maxtor Peripherals (S) Pte Ltd.
(MPS) entered into a four-year Singapore dollar
denominated loan agreement with the Economic Development Board
of Singapore (the Board), which was amortized in
seven equal semi-annual installments ending March 2004. This
loan was paid in full.
In September 2003, MPS entered into a second four-year
52 million Singapore dollar loan agreement with the Board
at 4.25% which is amortized in seven equal semi-annual
installments ending December 2007. As of December 25, 2004,
the balance was 52.0 million Singapore dollars, equivalent
to $27.1 million. This loan is supported by a guaranty from
a bank. Cash is currently provided as collateral for this
guaranty; $18.1 million was recorded as other assets and
the remaining $9.0 million was recorded as restricted cash.
However, the Company may at its option substitute other assets
as security. MPS is required to invest a certain level of
capital by 2006 as defined in the loan agreement. The Company
believes that MPS is able to meet this required level of
investment.
In connection with the acquisition of the Quantum HDD business,
the Company acquired real estate and related mortgage
obligations. The term of the mortgages is ten years, at an
interest rate of 9.2%, with monthly payments based on a
twenty-year amortization schedule, and a balloon payment at the
end of the 10-year term, which is September 2006. The
outstanding balance at December 25, 2004 was
$32.6 million.
As of December 25, 2004, the Company had capital leases
totaling $6.1 million. These capital leases have maturity
dates through August 2009 and interest rates averaging 7.8%.
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents approximate
carrying values because of their short maturities. The
Companys marketable debt and equity securities are carried
at current market values. The fair values of the Companys
5.75% subordinated debentures are based on the bid price of
the last trade for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2003
and December 25, 2004 and the 6.8% convertible senior
notes are based on the bid price of the last trade for the
fiscal year ended December 25, 2004. The fair value of the
Companys
76
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
mortgages was based on the estimated present value of the
remaining payments, utilizing risk-adjusted market interest
rates of similar instruments at the balance sheet date.
The carrying values and estimated fair values of the
Companys financial instruments are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, 2003 | |
|
December 25, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Carrying | |
|
Estimated | |
|
Carrying | |
|
Estimated | |
|
|
Amount | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
Amount | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
6.8% Convertible Senior Notes
|
|
$ |
230,000 |
|
|
$ |
319,413 |
|
|
$ |
230,000 |
|
|
$ |
232,587 |
|
Manufacturing Facility Loan Suzhou, China
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
|
|
60,000 |
|
5.75% Subordinated Debentures
|
|
|
59,352 |
|
|
|
50,449 |
|
|
|
59,311 |
|
|
|
51,007 |
|
Mortgages
|
|
|
34,164 |
|
|
|
33,990 |
|
|
|
32,582 |
|
|
|
32,391 |
|
Economic Development Board of Singapore Loan
|
|
|
24,138 |
|
|
|
24,138 |
|
|
|
27,148 |
|
|
|
27,148 |
|
Receivable-backed Borrowing
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
Intellectual Property Indemnification Obligations |
The Company indemnifies certain customers, distributors,
suppliers, and subcontractors for attorney fees and damages and
costs awarded against these parties in certain circumstances in
which its products are alleged to infringe third party
intellectual property rights, including patents, registered
trademarks, or copyrights. The terms of its indemnification
obligations are generally perpetual from the effective date of
the agreement. In certain cases, there are limits on and
exceptions to its potential liability for indemnification
relating to intellectual property infringement claims. The
Company cannot estimate the amount of potential future payments,
if any, that the Company might be required to make as a result
of these agreements. To date, the Company has not paid any
claims or been required to defend any claim related to its
indemnification obligations, and accordingly, the Company has
not accrued any amounts for its indemnification obligations.
However, there can be no assurances that the Company will not
have any future financial exposure under those indemnification
obligations.
The Company generally warrants its products against defects in
materials and workmanship for varying lengths of time. The
Company records an accrual for estimated warranty costs when
revenue is recognized. Warranty covers cost of repair of the
hard drive and the warranty periods generally range from one to
five years. The Company has comprehensive processes that it uses
to estimate accruals for warranty exposure. The processes
include specific detail on hard drives in the field by product
type, estimated failure rates and costs to repair or replace.
Although the Company believes it has the continued ability to
reasonably estimate warranty expenses, unforeseeable changes in
factors used to estimate the accrual for warranty could occur.
These unforeseeable changes could cause a material change in the
Companys warranty accrual estimate. Such a change would be
recorded in the period in which the change was identified.
Effective September 2004, the Company announced the introduction
of a new warranty period for new sales, extending the term to
three or five years for products shipped to the distribution
channel. Changes in the Companys product warranty
77
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
liability during the twelve-month periods ended
December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004 were as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$ |
278,713 |
|
|
$ |
209,426 |
|
Charges to operations
|
|
|
162,335 |
|
|
|
180,032 |
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(191,733 |
) |
|
|
(190,208 |
) |
Changes in estimates
|
|
|
(39,889 |
)(1) |
|
|
(13,310 |
)(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$ |
209,426 |
|
|
$ |
185,940 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Primarily related to product expirations. |
|
(2) |
The decrease in the warranty liability is primarily attributed
to a change in estimate of $13.3 million comprised of
$8.0 million reduction in the estimated cost of future
repair, $4.7 million reduction due to product expirations
and $0.6 million due to changes in the expected future return
rate. In addition there was a $10.1 million impact due to
net ship versus return dynamics on the overall installed base. |
The reduction in the estimated cost of future repair of $8.0
million is the result of improvements in the overall pricing
structure with third party vendors and relocating repair
facilities from the United States and Ireland to lower cost
locations in Mexico and Hungary. The Company also increased
yields from its repair processes, which increased the number of
refurbished units available as replacement units and reduced the
cost of repair. The Company will continue to make operational
improvements to its repair process throughout 2005 and the
impact of these improvements on the warranty liability will be
reflected in the period in which they are achieved.
The ship versus return impact on the warranty reserve represents
the change in the liability requirement attributable to changes
to the in warranty installed base, caused by the
shipment of drives in the period offset by drive returns and
retirements. The impact of changes in the ship versus return
dynamic on the warranty liability requirement in 2004 reflects
the improved quality of products currently being shipped
relative to historic products being settled and retired from the
installed base. This change is evidenced in a higher number of
actual returns/settlements on older products, compared with
expected returns associated with new product shipments. The
impact of extending the warranty period on distribution products
is also included in this ship versus return impact.
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$ |
700 |
|
|
$ |
2,477 |
|
|
$ |
(1,152 |
) |
|
Foreign
|
|
|
1,475 |
|
|
|
1,027 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
2,175 |
|
|
$ |
3,504 |
|
|
$ |
(261 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consists of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
U.S.
|
|
$ |
(320,176 |
) |
|
$ |
(54,823 |
) |
|
$ |
(219,896 |
) |
Foreign
|
|
|
(11,716 |
) |
|
|
160,998 |
|
|
|
37,716 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
(331,892 |
) |
|
$ |
106,175 |
|
|
$ |
(182,180 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A substantial portion of sales and manufacturing operations are
in Switzerland, Singapore and China and operate under various
tax holidays and tax incentive programs which will expire in
whole or in part during fiscal years 2005 through 2014. Certain
of the holidays may be extended if specific conditions are met.
The net impact of these tax holidays and tax incentive programs
was to decrease the companys net loss by approximately
$25 million in fiscal year 2004 ($0.10 per share,
diluted), to increase the companys net income by
approximately $26 million ($0.10 per share, diluted)
in fiscal year 2003, and to decrease the companys net loss
by approximately $19 million ($0.08 per share,
diluted) in fiscal year 2002.
The American Jobs Creation Act the (Act) was signed
into effect on October 22, 2004. The Act includes a
provision which encourages companies to reinvest foreign
earnings in the U.S. by temporarily making certain
dividends received by a U.S. corporation from controlled
foreign corporations eligible for an 85% dividends-received
deduction. The Company may elect to take this special one-time
deduction for dividends received during the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2005. The Company is still in the process of
evaluating the effects of the repatriation provision. However,
it is unlikely that the Company will exercise the provisions of
this Act. There have been no amounts recognized under the
repatriation provision to date and accordingly, there has been
no effect on income tax expense (or benefit) included in these
financial statements.
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed
by applying the U.S. statutory rate of 35% to the income
(loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 28,
2002, December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004. The
principal reasons for this difference are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Income tax expense (benefit) at U.S. statutory rate
|
|
$ |
(116,162 |
) |
|
$ |
37,161 |
|
|
$ |
(63,763 |
) |
State tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,212 |
|
|
|
491 |
|
Losses not providing current tax benefit
|
|
|
116,857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,432 |
|
Utilization of NOL carryforward
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36,095 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,480 |
|
|
|
1,226 |
|
|
|
579 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
2,175 |
|
|
$ |
3,504 |
|
|
$ |
(261 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. The significant components of the
Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory reserves and accruals
|
|
$ |
5,650 |
|
|
$ |
2,601 |
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
30,982 |
|
|
|
34,795 |
|
|
Sales related reserves
|
|
|
33,688 |
|
|
|
35,970 |
|
|
Net operating loss carry-forwards
|
|
|
306,078 |
|
|
|
422,088 |
|
|
Tax credit carry-forwards
|
|
|
29,284 |
|
|
|
59,032 |
|
|
Capitalized research and development
|
|
|
34,876 |
|
|
|
22,671 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
39,315 |
|
|
|
49,381 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
479,873 |
|
|
|
626,538 |
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
(181,295 |
) |
|
|
(315,307 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$ |
298,578 |
|
|
$ |
311,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unremitted earnings of certain foreign entities
|
|
|
294,409 |
|
|
|
309,481 |
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments in equity securities
|
|
|
4,169 |
|
|
|
1,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
298,578 |
|
|
|
311,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company determines deferred taxes for each of its tax-paying
jurisdictions where a history of earnings has not been
established. The taxable earnings in these tax jurisdictions are
also subject to volatility. Therefore, the Company believes a
valuation allowance is needed to reduce the deferred tax asset
to an amount that is more likely than not to be
realized. During the years ended December 28, 2002,
December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004, the valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets increased by
$12.3 million, decreased by $6.6 million, and
increased by $134.0 million, respectively. The increase in
valuation allowance during 2004 was primarily due to net
operating loss carry-forwards not estimated to have future
benefits.
As of December 25, 2004, for federal income tax purposes,
the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards of
$1,153 million and tax credit carry-forwards of
approximately $42.2 million, which will expire beginning in
fiscal years 2008 and 2005, respectively. To the extent that net
operating loss carry-forward, when realized, relate to stock
option deductions, the resulting benefits will be credited to
stockholders equity. However, no tax benefits were
recorded to stockholders equity in 2004, 2003 and 2002
because their realization was not believed to be more
likely than not. Benefits which may be recognized in the
future related to stock option deductions are approximately
$18.6 million. Certain changes in stock ownership can
result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and
tax credit carry-overs that can be utilized each year. The
Company determined it had undergone such an ownership change
during 2001. Consequently, utilization of approximately
$351.2 million of net operating loss carry-forward and the
deduction equivalent of approximately $17.4 million of tax
credit carry-forward will be limited to approximately
$16.0 million per year from prior ownership change in 1998.
Also, approximately $244.3 million of net operating loss
carry-forward and the deduction equivalent of approximately
$2.9 million of tax credit carry forward will be limited to
approximately $42.0 million per year from the change of
ownership resulting from the Quantum HDD acquisition.
80
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Pursuant to a Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement entered into
in connection with the Companys merger with Quantum HDD,
Maxtor, as successor to Quantum HDD, and Quantum are allocated
their share of Quantums income tax liability for periods
before the split-off, consistent with past practices and as if
the Quantum HDD and Quantum DLT & Storage Systems Group
(DSS) business divisions had been separate and
independent corporations. To the extent that the income tax
liability attributable to one business division is reduced by
using net operating losses and other tax attributes of the other
business division, the business division utilizing the
attributes must pay the other for the use of those attributes.
We also agreed to indemnify Quantum for additional taxes related
to the Quantum DSS business for all periods before
Quantums issuance of tracking stock and additional taxes
related to the Quantum HDD business for all periods prior to our
acquisition of Quantum HDD. This indemnity was originally
limited to aggregate of $142.0 million plus 50% of any
excess over $142.0 million, excluding any required gross up
payments (the Tax Indemnity). As of
December 25, 2004, the Company had paid $8.6 million
under this Tax Indemnity. On December 23, 2004, the Company
and Quantum, amended the Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement as
part of a Mutual General Release and Global Settlement
Agreement. Under the amended terms of the Tax Sharing and
Indemnity Agreement, the Companys remaining Tax Indemnity
liability is limited to $8.7 million for all tax claims
other than the IRS audit of Quantum for the fiscal years ending
March 31, 1997 through and including March 31, 1999.
The Company believes that its Tax Indemnity liability for the
IRS audit of Quantum for the fiscal years ending March 31,
1997 through and including March 31, 1999, is remote.
The Company purchased a $340 million insurance policy
covering the risk that the split-off of Quantum HDD from Quantum
DSS could be determined to be subject to federal income tax or
state income or franchise tax. Under the Tax Sharing and
Indemnity Agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify Quantum for
the amount of any tax payable by Quantum as a result of the
split-off to the extent such tax is not covered by such
insurance policy, unless imposition of the tax is the result of
Quantums actions, or acquisitions of Quantum stock, after
the split-off. The amount of the tax not covered by insurance
could be substantial. In addition, if it is determined that
Quantum owes federal or state tax as a result of the split-off
and the circumstances giving rise to the tax are covered by the
Companys indemnification obligations, the Company will be
required to pay Quantum the amount of the tax at that time,
whether or not reimbursement may be allowed under the
Companys tax insurance policy. The Company believes that
any obligation resulting from this indemnification is remote.
|
|
10. |
Commitments and Contingencies |
The Company leases certain of its principal facilities and
certain machinery and equipment under operating lease
arrangements. The future minimum annual rental commitments,
including amounts accrued in restructuring liabilities as of
December 25, 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending |
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) | |
2005
|
|
$ |
34,241 |
|
2006
|
|
|
32,547 |
|
2007
|
|
|
32,206 |
|
2008
|
|
|
30,646 |
|
2009
|
|
|
31,192 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
117,409 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
278,241 |
|
|
|
|
|
The above commitments extend through fiscal year 2018. Rental
expense was approximately $29.6 million, $27.1 million
and $28.1 million for fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004,
respectively.
81
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Following the acquisition of Quantum HDD, the Company entered
into a master agreement and a purchase agreement with MKE which
provided for MKE to manufacture certain hard disk drive
products. The term of this purchase agreement was extended
through March 31, 2004 and it has expired. Following the
termination of this purchase agreement, the Company continued to
purchase Atlas drives manufactured by MKE on purchase orders
with terms identical to those provided under the purchase
agreement through September 30, 2004. All supply
obligations have ceased and virtually all warranty obligations
have ceased. There are no material outstanding purchase orders.
As of December 25, 2004, the Company had no material
outstanding orders with MKE.
From time to time, the Company has been subject to litigation
including the pending litigation described below. Because of the
uncertainties related to both the amount and range of loss on
the remaining pending litigation, the Company is unable to make
a reasonable estimate of the liability that could result from an
unfavorable outcome. As additional information becomes
available, the Company will assess its potential liability and
revise its estimates. Pending or future litigation could be
costly, could cause the diversion of managements attention
and could upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on its
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash
flow.
In particular, the Company is engaged in certain legal and
administrative proceedings incidental to the Companys
normal business activities and believes that these matters will
not have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial position, results of operations or cash flow.
Prior to Maxtors acquisition of the Quantum HDD business,
the Company, on the one hand, and Quantum and Matsushita
Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd. (MKE), on the
other hand, were sued by Papst Licensing, GmbH, a German
corporation, for infringement of a number of patents that relate
to hard disk drives. Papsts complaint against Quantum and
MKE was filed on July 30, 1998, and Papsts complaint
against Maxtor was filed on March 18, 1999. Both lawsuits,
filed in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California, were transferred by the Judicial Panel
on Multidistrict Litigation to the United States District Court
for the Eastern District of Louisiana for coordinated pre-trial
proceedings with other pending litigations involving the Papst
patents (the MDL Proceeding). The matters will be
transferred back to the District Court for the Northern District
of California for trial. Papsts infringement allegations
are based on spindle motors that Maxtor and Quantum purchased
from third party motor vendors, including MKE, and the use of
such spindle motors in hard disk drives. The Company purchased
the overwhelming majority of spindle motors used in our hard
disk drives from vendors that were licensed under the Papst
patents. Quantum purchased many spindle motors used in its hard
disk drives from vendors that were not licensed under the Papst
patents, including MKE. As a result of the Companys
acquisition of the Quantum HDD business, Maxtor assumed
Quantums potential liabilities to Papst arising from the
patent infringement allegations Papst asserted against Quantum.
The Company filed a motion to substitute the Company for Quantum
in this litigation. The motion was denied by the Court presiding
over the MDL Proceeding, without prejudice to being filed again
in the future.
In February 2002, Papst and MKE entered into an agreement to
settle Papsts pending patent infringement claims against
MKE. That agreement includes a license of certain Papst patents
to MKE which might provide Quantum, and thus the Company, with
additional defenses to Papsts patent infringement claims.
On April 15, 2002, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict
Litigation ordered a separation of claims and remand to the
District of Columbia of certain claims between Papst and another
party involved in the MDL Proceeding. By order entered
June 4, 2002, the court stayed the MDL Proceeding pending
resolution by the
82
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
District of Columbia court of the remanded claims. These
separated claims relating to the other party are currently
proceeding in the District Court for the District of Columbia.
The results of any litigation are inherently uncertain and Papst
may assert other infringement claims relating to current
patents, pending patent applications, and/or future patent
applications or issued patents. Additionally, the Company cannot
assure you it will be able to successfully defend itself against
this or any other Papst lawsuit. Because the Papst complaints
assert claims to an unspecified dollar amount of damages, and
because the Company was at an early stage of discovery when the
litigation was stayed, the Company is unable to determine the
possible loss, if any, that the Company may incur as a result of
an adverse judgment or a negotiated settlement with respect to
the claims against us. The Company made an estimate of the
potential liability which might arise from the Papst claims
against Quantum at the time of the Companys acquisition of
the Quantum HDD business. As a result of the settlement of an
action filed by MKE against the Company and Quantum relating to
ownership of certain intellectual property acquired by the
Company in the acquisition of the Quantum HDD business, after
the end of the period ended September 25, 2004, the Company
paid $2.5 million to MKE in connection with Quantums
indemnification claim in the Papst lawsuit and MKE was awarded
joint ownership to fifteen patents and certain trade secrets.
Quantum had indemnified MKE on this claim and the Company had
indemnified Quantum as part of the acquisition of the Quantum
HDD business. The payment reduced the reserve established at the
time of the acquisition. This estimate will be further revised
as additional information becomes available. A favorable outcome
for Papst in these lawsuits could result in the issuance of an
injunction against the Company and its products and/or the
payment of monetary damages equal to a reasonable royalty. In
the case of a finding of a willful infringement, the Company
also could be required to pay treble damages and Papsts
attorneys fees. The litigation could result in significant
diversion of time by our technical personnel, as well as
substantial expenditures for future legal fees. Accordingly,
although the Company cannot currently estimate whether there
will be a loss, or the size of any loss, a litigation outcome
favorable to Papst could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results. Management
believes that it has valid defenses to the claims of Papst and
is defending this matter vigorously.
The Company has agreed to invest $200.0 million over the
next five years to establish a manufacturing facility in Suzhou,
China, and it has secured credit lines with the Bank of China
for up to $133.0 million to be used for the construction
and working capital requirements of this operation. The
remainder of its commitment will be satisfied primarily with the
transfer of manufacturing assets from Singapore or from our
other manufacturing site. MTS has drawn down $60.0 million
as of December 2004. MTS is required to maintain a liability to
assets ratio and earnings to interest expense ratio, the first
ratio to be tested annually commencing in December 2004 and the
latter ratio to be tested annually commencing in December 2005.
In March 2001, the Board of Directors approved the increase of
the Companys authorized common stock to
525,000,000 shares.
On April 2, 2001, Maxtor completed the acquisition of
Quantum HDD. Maxtor issued 121.0 million shares of Maxtor
common stock and assumed options to
purchase 12.8 million shares of Maxtor common stock to
effect the acquisition.
On October 9, 2001, Hynix sold 23,329,843 shares of
Maxtor common stock in a registered public offering. Maxtor did
not receive any proceeds from Hynixs sale of Maxtor stock
to the public. In addition, at the same time and on the same
terms as Hynixs sale of Maxtor stock to the public, Maxtor
repurchased
83
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
5.0 million shares from Hynix an aggregate purchase price
of $20.0 million. These repurchased shares are being held
as treasury shares.
In connection with the sale of 6.8% convertible senior
notes due 2010, on May 7, 2003, the Company also
repurchased from an affiliate of one of the initial purchasers
of the Notes 8,245,738 shares of its common stock for
an aggregate purchase price of $44.9 million, or
$5.45 per share, the closing price of our common stock on
May 1, 2003, plus commissions.
On May 29, 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Restricted
Stock Plan, which provides for awards of shares of common stock
to certain executive employees. Restricted stock awarded under
this plan vests three years from the date of grant and is
subject to forfeiture in the event of termination of employment
with the Company prior to vesting. The Company granted
390,000 shares of common stock in June 1998 under this
plan. Compensation cost based on fair market value of the
Companys stock at the date of grant is reported as
compensation expense on a ratable basis over the vesting
periods. There was no compensation expense recorded in
connection with the Restricted Stock Plan for the years ended
December 28, 2002. December 27, 2003, and
December 25, 2004.
The Company also grants awards of restricted stock pursuant to
the Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan. See Stock
Option Plan below for further information.
On April 2, 2001, in connection with the Quantum HDD
acquisition, the Company assumed 479,127 shares of Quantum
HDD restricted stock held by employees who accepted offers of
employment with Maxtor, or transferred employees,
whether or not restricted stock have vested. The intrinsic value
of the unvested restricted shares was $3.4 million,
determined in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, by
multiplying the number of shares with the closing market price
of Maxtor shares of $7.375 on April 1, 2001 (consummation
date of the merger).
|
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
The Company has adopted the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(the Purchase Plan) and in 1999 reserved
2.4 million shares for issuance under the Purchase Plan.
During 2001 and 2000, the Company reserved an additional
3.5 million shares and 2.1 million shares for
issuance, respectively. During 2002, the Company reserved an
additional 9.0 million shares for issuance. The Company
issued 3.7 million, 3.3 million and 3.2 million
shares pursuant to the Purchase Plan for the years ended
December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003 and
December 25, 2004, respectively. The Purchase Plan permits
eligible employees to purchase Maxtors common stock at a
discount, but only through accumulated payroll deductions,
during sequential six-month offering periods. Participants
purchase shares on the last day of each offering period. In
general, the price at which shares are purchased under the
Purchase Plan is equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market
value of a share of common stock on (a) the first day of
the offering period, or (b) the purchase date. Offering
periods of the Purchase Plan generally begin on February 16 and
August 16 of each year, although the initial offering period
under the Purchase Plan commenced on July 30, 1998.
The Company grants options and awards of restricted stock
pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan (the
Option Plan), which was approved by the Board of
Directors in May 1996, and amended by Maxtors stockholders
at the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Options under the
Amended Plan expire ten years from the date of grant. Restricted
stock vests in one or more installments over a number of years.
84
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Option Plan was amended in February 1998 to remove certain
provisions which had given rise to variable accounting, and
offered and modified employee option agreements in the second
quarter of 1998 for the majority of employees who had previously
held variable options to achieve fixed-award accounting. To
comply with the variable plan accounting required prior to these
amendments, the Company recorded compensation expense related to
the difference between the estimated fair market value of its
stock and the stated exercise price of its options. Compensation
cost was reflected in accordance with Financial Accounting
Standards Board Interpretation No. 28, Accounting for
Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or
Award Plans.
The Option Plan generally provides for the grant of
non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to
eligible employees, consultants, affiliates and directors, as
determined by the board of directors, and incentive stock
options to Maxtor employees at a price not less than the fair
market value at the date of grant. The Option Plan also provides
for the grant of restricted stock to eligible employees. The
Board of Directors or an executive committee appointed by the
Board also approves other terms such as number of shares granted
and exercisability thereof. Options granted under the Amended
Plan vest over a four-year period with 25% vesting at the first
anniversary date of the vest date and 6.25% each quarter
thereafter. Restricted stock grants vest in one or more
installments over a period of years, and are subject to
forfeiture if employment is terminated prior to the time the
shares become fully vested and non-forfeitable. The Company
reserved no additional shares for issuance under the Option Plan
during 2002, 2003 and 2004.
During, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company granted 30,000, zero
and 29,669 shares of restricted common stock, respectively.
During the years ended December 28, 2002, December 27,
2003 and December 25, 2004, the number of shares cancelled
was zero, 20,000 and zero, respectively. The Company recorded
compensation expense of $2.9 million, $(0.2) million
and $0.1 million in 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively,
related to this plan.
In connection with Maxtors acquisition of Creative Design
Solutions, Inc. (CDS) in September 1999, the Company
established a separate reserve of 674,477 shares of its
common stock for issuance upon the exercise of stock options
(the Assumed Options) granted under the CDS
Incentive Stock Option Plan (the CDS Plan). As of
December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003 and
December 25, 2004, 18,403, zero and zero options,
respectively, were outstanding under the CDS Plan. The Assumed
Options are incentive stock options which vest over four years
subject to the terms and conditions of the Assumed Options
agreement.
On April 2, 2001, as part of the Quantum HDD acquisition,
the Company assumed all vested and unvested Quantum HDD options
held by employees who accepted offers of employment with Maxtor,
whether or not options or restricted stock have vested. The
Company also assumed all vested Quantum HDD options held by
Quantum employees whose employment was terminated prior to
separation. In addition, Maxtor assumed vested Quantum HDD
options held by Quantum employees who continued to provide
services during a transitional period. The outstanding options
to purchase Quantum HDD common stock held by transferred
employees and vested options to purchase Quantum HDD common
stock held by former Quantum employees, consultants and
transition employees were assumed by Maxtor and converted into
options to purchase Maxtor common stock according to the
exchange ratio of 1.52 shares of Maxtor common stock for
each share of Quantum HDD common stock. In connection with the
Quantum HDD acquisition, the Company established a reserve of
12,785,328 shares of common stock for the assumption of
Quantum HDD options to purchase Maxtor common stock. Vested and
unvested options for Quantum HDD common stock assumed in the
merger represented options for 7,650,965 shares and
4,655,236 shares of Maxtor common stock, respectively. The
intrinsic value of the 4,655,236 unvested options was determined
to be $3.4 million, using the intrinsic value methodology
in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force No. 00-23
Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation under APB Opinion No. 25 and
FIN 44. As of December 25, 2004, 1,940,820
options were outstanding under the Quantum HDD merger plan.
85
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Stock options are granted to employees and directors at an
exercise price equal to the fair market value of the
Companys stock at the date of grant. Generally, options
vest 25 percent per year, are fully vested four years from
the grant date and have a term of ten years. The following table
summarizes option activity through December 25, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
Wtd Average | |
|
|
Available for | |
|
|
|
Exercise Price | |
|
|
Grant | |
|
Shares | |
|
per Share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance as of December 29, 2001
|
|
|
9,846,443 |
|
|
|
34,531,082 |
|
|
$ |
6.41 |
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(4,089,058 |
) |
|
|
4,089,058 |
|
|
|
4.98 |
|
|
Restricted stock granted
|
|
|
(30,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,987,555 |
) |
|
|
4.13 |
|
|
Options canceled 1996 stock option plan
|
|
|
3,759,844 |
|
|
|
(3,759,844 |
) |
|
|
7.00 |
|
|
Options canceled Quantum assumed options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,297,687 |
) |
|
|
6.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 28, 2002
|
|
|
9,487,229 |
|
|
|
31,575,054 |
|
|
|
6.35 |
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(7,064,793 |
) |
|
|
7,064,793 |
|
|
|
5.81 |
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,430,526 |
) |
|
|
5.59 |
|
|
Options canceled 1996 stock option plan
|
|
|
3,081,477 |
|
|
|
(3,081,477 |
) |
|
|
6.19 |
|
|
Options canceled Quantum assumed options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(304,383 |
) |
|
|
6.85 |
|
|
Restricted stock canceled
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 27, 2003
|
|
|
5,523,913 |
|
|
|
26,823,461 |
|
|
|
6.46 |
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(4,832,200 |
) |
|
|
4,832,200 |
|
|
|
5.83 |
|
|
Restricted stock granted
|
|
|
(29,669 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(960,821 |
) |
|
|
4.57 |
|
|
Options canceled 1996 stock option plan
|
|
|
4,342,079 |
|
|
|
(4,342,079 |
) |
|
|
6.66 |
|
|
Options canceled Quantum assumed options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(130,107 |
) |
|
|
6.45 |
|
|
Restricted stock canceled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 25, 2004
|
|
|
5,004,123 |
|
|
|
26,222,654 |
|
|
$ |
6.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were 17,718,564 shares vested but unexercised as of
December 28, 2002 at a weighted average exercise price of
$7.00, and no shares exercised subject to repurchase. There were
13,496,158 shares vested but unexercised as of
December 27, 2003 at a weighted average exercise price of
$7.39, and no shares exercised subject to repurchase. There were
17,265,503 shares vested but unexercised as of
December 25, 2004 at a weighted average exercise price of
$6.89, and no shares exercised subject to repurchase.
The following table summarizes information for stock options
outstanding as of December 25, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding | |
|
Options Exercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Remaining | |
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Contractual | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number | |
|
Exercise | |
Range of Exercise Price |
|
Outstanding | |
|
Life | |
|
Price | |
|
Outstanding | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$1.305 $5.875
|
|
|
13,370,158 |
|
|
|
7.69 |
|
|
$ |
4.42 |
|
|
|
6,472,617 |
|
|
$ |
4.43 |
|
$5.89 $7.75
|
|
|
6,446,772 |
|
|
|
5.49 |
|
|
|
6.67 |
|
|
|
5,740,026 |
|
|
|
6.68 |
|
$7.8125 $13.125
|
|
|
4,338,969 |
|
|
|
6.42 |
|
|
|
8.62 |
|
|
|
3,048,580 |
|
|
|
8.30 |
|
$13.1875 $19.3113
|
|
|
2,066,755 |
|
|
|
4.09 |
|
|
|
13.28 |
|
|
|
2,004,280 |
|
|
|
13.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,222,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6.37 |
|
|
|
17,265,503 |
|
|
$ |
6.89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For information on the proforma net income (loss) for
Maxtors stock options and employee stock purchase plan,
see note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The fair value of option grants has been estimated on the date
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the
following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.26 |
% |
|
|
3.17 |
% |
|
|
3.28 |
% |
Weighted average expected life
|
|
|
4.5 years |
|
|
|
4.5 years |
|
|
|
4.5 years |
|
Volatility
|
|
|
90 |
% |
|
|
73 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of employee stock purchase plan option grants has
been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.73 |
% |
|
|
1.08 |
% |
|
|
2.06 |
% |
Weighted average expected life
|
|
|
0.5 years |
|
|
|
0.5 years |
|
|
|
0.5 years |
|
Volatility
|
|
|
90 |
% |
|
|
73 |
% |
|
|
75 |
% |
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No dividend yield is assumed as the Company has not paid
dividends and has no plans to do so.
The weighted average expected life was calculated based on the
respective vesting periods and the expected lives at the date of
the option grants. The risk-free interest rates were calculated
based on rates prevailing during grant periods and the expected
lives of the respective options at the date of grants. The
weighted average fair values of options granted to employees
during the years ended, December 28, 2002,
December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004 were $3.41,
$3.56 and $5.83 respectively. The weighted average fair values
of restricted stock options granted to employees during the
years ended and December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003
and December 25, 2004 was $6.58, zero and $5.29
respectively.
|
|
12. |
Discontinued Operations |
On August 15, 2002, the Company announced its decision to
shut down the manufacturing and sales of its
MaxAttachtm
branded network attached storage products of NSG. The
discontinuance of the NSG operations represents the abandonment
of a component of an entity as defined in paragraph 47 of
SFAS 144. Accordingly, the Companys financial
statements have been presented to reflect NSG as a discontinued
operation for all periods presented. Its liabilities (no
remaining assets) have been segregated from continuing
operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and is
included in accrued liabilities and its operating results have
been segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Operating results of NSG are presented in the following table
(in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Revenue from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
20.4 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(73.5 |
) |
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
87
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Included in the 2002 loss from the NSG discontinued operations
are the following significant charges (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel related
|
|
$ |
13.0 |
|
Goodwill and other intangibles write-offs
|
|
|
32.5 |
|
Non-cancelable purchase commitments
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Income from discontinued operations of $2.2 million for the
year ended December 27, 2003 reflects the net impact of the
favorable resolution of contingencies. The remaining liabilities
of the NSG discontinued operations as of December 25, 2004
was $0.7 million relating to returns and other
miscellaneous expenses.
In connection with the 2001 acquisition of the hard drive
business of Quantum Corporation (Quantum HDD), the
Company recorded a $45.3 million liability for estimated
facility exit costs for the closure of three Quantum HDD offices
and research and development facilities located in Milpitas,
California, and two Quantum HDD office facilities located in
Singapore.
During the three months ended September 25, 2004, in
association with the Companys restructuring activities,
the Company recorded an additional $16.4 million liability
due to a change in estimated lease obligations for two of the
Quantum HDD acquired offices and research and development
facilities located in California. This estimate was based upon
current comparable market rates for leases and anticipated dates
for these properties to be subleased. Expected sublease income
on these two facilities included in the Companys estimates
is $15.9 million. Should facilities rental rates decrease
or should it take longer than expected to sublease these
facilities, the actual loss could exceed these estimates. The
Company continues to evaluate and review its restructuring
accrual for any indications in the market that could require the
Company to change its assumptions for the restructuring accruals
already recorded.
The balance remaining in the facilities exit accrual is expected
to be paid over several years, based on the underlying lease
agreements. The merger-related restructuring accrual is included
within the balance sheet captions of Accrued and other
liabilities and Other liabilities.
During the year ended December 28, 2002, the Company
recorded a restructuring charge of $9.5 million associated
with closure of one of its facilities located in California. The
amount comprised $8.9 million of future non-cancelable
lease payments, which were expected to be paid over several
years based on the underlying lease agreement, and the write-off
of $0.6 million in leasehold improvements. The
restructuring accrual is included on the balance sheet within
Accrued and other liabilities with the balance of
$9.7 million. The Company increased this restructuring
accrual by $3.3 million due to a change in estimated lease
obligations associated with its restructuring activities in the
three months ended September 25, 2004. This estimate is
based upon current comparable market rates for leases and
anticipated dates for one of the properties to be subleased.
Expected sublease income on this facility included in the
Companys estimates is $2.5 million. Should facilities
rental rates decrease or should it take longer than expected to
sublease these facilities, the actual loss could exceed these
estimates. The Company continues to evaluate and review its
restructuring accrual for any indications in the market that
could require the Company to change its assumptions for the
restructuring accruals already recorded. During the three months
ended September 25, 2004, the Company also recorded
$0.6 million in association with the closure of one of its
facilities in Colorado.
During the year ended December 25, 2004, the Company
incurred $12.9 million in severance-related charges
associated with the Companys reduction in force of
approximately 377 employees in the United States and Singapore.
88
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The facilities-related restructuring accrual is included within
the balance sheet captions of Accrued and other liabilities and
Other liabilities. The following table summarizes the activity
related to the severance and facilities-related restructuring
costs as of December 25, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
|
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2004 | |
|
Severance | |
|
|
|
|
Merger-related | |
|
Restructuring | |
|
Restructuring | |
|
and | |
|
|
|
|
Restructuring | |
|
Charge | |
|
Charge | |
|
Benefits | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In millions) | |
|
|
Provision at April 1, 2001
|
|
$ |
45.3 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
45.3 |
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
Balance at December 29, 2001
|
|
|
44.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44.4 |
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
2002 accrual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 28, 2002
|
|
|
39.9 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48.8 |
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(8.5 |
) |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 27, 2003
|
|
|
31.4 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38.8 |
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(6.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(10.7 |
) |
|
|
(18.5 |
) |
2004 accrual
|
|
|
16.4 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
|
|
33.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 25, 2004
|
|
$ |
41.5 |
|
|
$ |
9.3 |
|
|
$ |
0.5 |
|
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
|
$ |
53.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 25, 2004, the Company
classified a building owned by Maxtor in Louisville, Colorado as
held for sale in accordance with the requirements of
SFAS 144, resulting in an impairment charge of
$7.8 million. Asset held for sale amounted to
$8.2 million representing the estimated realizable value of
the building and is included within the balance sheet caption of
Prepaid expenses and other. Prior to classification, the Company
suspended depreciation of this building which was
$0.4 million annually.
Other gain (loss) was $0.1 million, $(0.6) million and
$4.4 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The loss
in 2003 was due to $1.0 million loss on redemption of the
pro rata portion of Quantums bonds offset by a
$0.2 million gain on retirement of bonds, gain of
$0.1 million from investments and $0.1 million in
other income. The gain in 2002 was primarily due to the
retirement of bonds of $2.8 million and $2.3 million
from investments offset by $0.7 million other loss.
89
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
16. |
Net Income (Loss) Per Share |
In accordance with the disclosure requirements of SFAS 128,
a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic
and diluted net income (loss) per share calculations is provided
as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Numerator Basic and Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$ |
(260,566 |
) |
|
$ |
100,460 |
|
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(73,501 |
) |
|
$ |
2,211 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(334,067 |
) |
|
$ |
102,671 |
|
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(334,067 |
) |
|
$ |
102,671 |
|
|
$ |
(181,919 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
239,474,179 |
|
|
|
243,022,694 |
|
|
|
247,671,870 |
|
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,044,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted shares subject to repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,040 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average common shares
|
|
|
239,474,179 |
|
|
|
251,135,683 |
|
|
|
247,671,870 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$ |
(1.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
Discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(0.31 |
) |
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$ |
(1.09 |
) |
|
$ |
0.40 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
Discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
(0.31 |
) |
|
$ |
0.01 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
(1.40 |
) |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As-if convertible shares and interest expense related to the
6.8% convertible senior notes due 2010 were excluded from
the calculation, as the effect was anti-dilutive. The following
number of common stock options and as-if converted shares were
excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share as
the effect was anti-dilutive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 28, | |
|
December 27, | |
|
December 25, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Common stock options
|
|
|
31,575,054 |
|
|
|
3,114,254 |
|
|
|
26,222,654 |
|
Restricted shares subject to repurchase
|
|
|
1,012,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
As-if converted shares related to 6.8%
Convertible Senior Notes due 2010 issued on May 7, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,756,362 |
|
|
|
18,756,362 |
|
90
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
17. |
Segment and Major Customers Information |
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information, establishes annual and interim reporting
standards for an enterprises business segments and related
disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and
major customers. The method for determining what information to
report is based upon the way management organizes the operating
segments within the Company for making operating decisions and
assessing financial performance. The Companys chief
operating decision-maker is considered to be the Chief Executive
Officer (CEO). The CEO reviews financial information
for purposes of making operational decisions and assessing
financial performance.
Subsequent to the decision to shut down its NSG operations, the
Company determined that it operates in one reportable segment.
The Company has a worldwide sales, service and distribution
network. Products are marketed and sold through a direct sales
force to computer equipment manufacturers, distributors and
retailers in the United States, Asia Pacific and Japan, Europe,
Middle East and Africa, Latin America and other. Maxtor
operations outside the United States primarily consist of its
manufacturing facilities in Singapore and China that produce
subassemblies and final assemblies for the Companys disk
drive products. Revenue by destination and long-lived asset
information by geographic area for each of the three years is
presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 28, 2002 | |
|
December 27, 2003 | |
|
December 25, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Long-lived | |
|
|
|
Long-lived | |
|
|
|
Long-lived | |
|
|
Revenue | |
|
Assets | |
|
Revenue | |
|
Assets | |
|
Revenue | |
|
Assets | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
United States
|
|
$ |
1,295,527 |
|
|
$ |
1,207,454 |
|
|
$ |
1,375,663 |
|
|
$ |
1,101,889 |
|
|
$ |
1,205,724 |
|
|
$ |
703,029 |
|
Asia Pacific and Japan
|
|
|
1,147,745 |
|
|
|
128,860 |
|
|
|
1,259,801 |
|
|
|
129,380 |
|
|
|
1,136,769 |
|
|
|
172,002 |
|
Europe, Middle East and Africa
|
|
|
1,231,794 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
|
1,354,421 |
|
|
|
731 |
|
|
|
1,373,806 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
Latin America and other
|
|
|
104,448 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
96,558 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
80,029 |
|
|
|
271 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
3,779,514 |
|
|
$ |
1,337,489 |
|
|
$ |
4,086,443 |
|
|
$ |
1,232,157 |
|
|
$ |
3,796,328 |
|
|
$ |
875,746 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets located within the United States consist
primarily of goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill and
other intangible assets within the United States amounted to
$782.1 million, $696.8 million and $497.6 million
as of December 28, 2002, December 27, 2003 and
December 25, 2004, respectively. Long-lived assets located
outside the United States consist primarily of the
Companys manufacturing operations located in Singapore and
China.
Sales to computer equipment manufacturers represented 48.0%,
50.5% and 52.0% of total revenue for the fiscal years 2002, 2003
and 2004, respectively. Sales to distribution channel and retail
customers represented 52.0%, 49.5% and 48.0% in fiscal years
2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Sales to one customer were
11.5% and 11.0% of revenue in fiscal years 2002 and 2003,
respectively; only one customer represented more than 10% of our
sales in those years.
|
|
18. |
Employee Benefit Plan |
The Company maintains a retirement and deferred savings plan for
its employees (the 401(k) Plan) which is intended to
qualify as a tax-qualified plan under the Code. The 401(k) Plan
is a profit sharing plan which is intended to qualify under
section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, which includes a cash or deferred arrangement intended
to satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(k). The
91
MAXTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
401(k) Plan has been amended from time to time to comply with
applicable laws and regulations. Under the 401(k) Plan, in
addition to the Company match, the Company may make
discretionary contributions. The Companys contributions to
the 401(k) Plan, for the years ended December 28, 2002,
December 27, 2003 and December 25, 2004 were
$6.9 million, $5.7 million and $6.2 million,
respectively. All amounts contributed by participants and the
Company, along with earnings on such contributions are fully
vested at all times.
|
|
19. |
Litigation Settlement |
In 2004, in connection with the Companys suit against
Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. and several other
Philips-related companies in the Superior Court of California,
County of Santa Clara whereby the Company alleged that an
integrated circuit chip supplied by Philips was defective and
caused significant levels of failure of certain Quantum legacy
products acquired as part of the Companys acquisition of
the Quantum HDD business, the Company entered into a settlement
agreement with the other parties pursuant to which the parties
dismissed the lawsuit with prejudice and the Company received a
cash payment of $24.8 million, which was recorded as
litigation settlement income in the year ended December 25,
2004.
|
|
20. |
Related Party Transactions |
In 2004 and 2003, the Company sold an aggregate of approximately
$88.8 million and $75.0 million of goods to Solectron
Corporation, respectively, and purchased an aggregate of
approximately $8.3 million and $3.4 million of goods
and services from Solectron, respectively. As of
December 25, 2004 and December 27, 2003, the
Companys accounts receivable balances for Solectron were
$7.2 million and $13.7 million, respectively, and its
accounts payable balances for Solectron were $0.4 million
and $2.2 million, respectively. A Director of the Company
is also the Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Solectron.
On March 4, 2005, the Company approved a reduction in force at
its Singapore manufacturing operations. The reduction in force
is a result of the Companys decision to close one of its
two plants in Singapore, scheduled to be completed by the first
quarter of 2006.
92
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have completed an integrated audit of Maxtor
Corporations (the Company) 2004 consolidated financial
statements and of its internal control over financial reporting
as of December 25, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002
consolidated financial statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are
presented below.
Consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Maxtor Corporation and its
subsidiaries at December 25, 2004 and December 27,
2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 25, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition,
in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the
accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects,
the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with
the related consolidated financial statements. These financial
statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, we have audited managements assessment, included in
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that Maxtor Corporation
did not maintain effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 25, 2004, because the Company did
not maintain effective controls over the application of
generally accepted accounting principles related to the
financial reporting process for complex, non-routine
transactions, based on criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The Companys management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express
opinions on managements assessment and on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit of internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An
audit of internal control over financial reporting includes
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control, and performing such other procedures as we consider
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the
93
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use,
or disposition of the companys assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of
control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote
likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The
following material weakness has been identified and included in
managements assessment. As of December 25, 2004, the
Company did not maintain effective controls over the application
of generally accepted accounting principles related to the
financial reporting process for complex, non-routine
transactions. The Companys internal accounting personnel
do not have sufficient depth, skills and experience in
accounting for complex, non-routine transactions in the
financial reporting process and there is a lack of review by
internal accounting personnel or accounting contractors with
appropriate financial reporting expertise of complex,
non-routine transactions to ensure they are accounted for in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Additionally the Company did not consistently use outside
technical accounting contractors to supplement its internal
accounting personnel, and had insufficient formalized procedures
to assure that complex, non-routine transactions received
adequate review by internal accounting personnel or outside
contractors with technical accounting expertise.
This control deficiency resulted in the following adjustments of
the Companys financial statements.
In February 2005 the Company determined that two purchase
accounting entries recorded in connection with the 2001
acquisition of the Quantum HDD business required correction. The
first correction related to the fact that at the time of the
acquisition, sufficient deferred tax assets were available to
offset the $196.5 million deferred tax liability recorded
as part of the acquisition and accordingly a reduction in the
Companys deferred tax asset valuation allowance should
have been recorded rather than recognition of additional
goodwill. The second correction related to the reversal of
$13.8 million of a restructuring reserve associated with
the acquisition to reflect discounting to present value of
liabilities associated with such accrual. The Company restated
its consolidated financial statements for each of the three
years in the period ended December 27, 2003 by filing a
Form 10-K/ A for the year ended December 27, 2003 to
correct these errors.
The Company also recorded two adjustments in connection with the
interim review of the Companys third fiscal quarter of
2004 results and the preparation of the Form 10-Q for such
quarter. These adjustments addressed the fact that the
Companys severance accrual computations omitted future
severance payments for certain personnel who had been notified
of termination under the Companys announced restructuring
plan and also the fact that the Company had failed to apply the
appropriate discount rate to the facility accrual associated
with the Companys restructuring activities. The impact of
these two adjustments did not require the restatement of any of
the Companys financial statements.
The ineffective control over the application of generally
accepted accounting principles in relation to complex,
non-routine transactions in the financial reporting process
could result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim
financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. As
a result, management has determined that this control deficiency
constituted a material weakness as of December 25, 2004.
This material weakness was considered in determining the nature,
timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the
December 25, 2004 consolidated financial statements, and
our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting does not affect our
opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Maxtor
Corporation did not maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 25, 2004, is fairly
stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established
in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by
the COSO. Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of the
material weakness described above on the achievement of the
objectives of the control
94
criteria, Maxtor Corporation has not maintained effective
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 25, 2004, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the COSO.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
March 10, 2005
95
|
|
Item 9. |
Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
None.
|
|
Item 9A. |
Controls and Procedures |
|
|
|
Managements Report on Assessment of Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting |
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting for the
Company, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, as required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management has
conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria
in Internal Control Integrated Framework,
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). Because of its inherent limitations,
internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions,
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures
may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency (within the meaning
of PCAOB Auditing Standard No. 2), or combination of
control deficiencies, that results in there being more than a
remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or
interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected
on a timely basis by employees in the normal course of their
assigned functions. As of December 25, 2004, the Company
did not maintain effective controls over the application of
generally accepted accounting principles related to the
financial reporting process for complex, non-routine
transactions. Our internal accounting personnel do not have
sufficient depth, skills and experience in accounting for
complex, non-routine transactions in the financial reporting
process and there is a lack of review by internal accounting
personnel or accounting contractors with appropriate financial
reporting expertise of complex, non-routine transactions to
ensure they are accounted for in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. Additionally we did not
consistently use outside technical accounting contractors to
supplement our internal accounting personnel, and we had
insufficient formalized procedures to assure that complex,
non-routine transactions received adequate review by internal
accounting personnel or outside contractors with technical
accounting expertise.
This control deficiency resulted in the following adjustments of
our financial statements.
In February 2005 the Company determined that two purchase
accounting entries recorded in connection with the 2001
acquisition of the Quantum HDD business required correction. The
first correction related to the fact that at the time of the
acquisition, sufficient deferred tax assets were available to
offset the $196.5 million deferred tax liability recorded
as part of the acquisition and accordingly a reduction in the
Companys deferred tax asset valuation allowance should
have been recorded rather than recognition of additional
goodwill. The second correction related to the reversal of
$13.8 million of a restructuring reserve associated with
the acquisition to reflect discounting to present value of
liabilities associated with such accrual. These errors were
first discovered and brought to the attention of management by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in connection with their work on the
audit for fiscal 2004. The Company restated its consolidated
financial statements for each of the three years in the period
ended December 27, 2003 by filing a Form 10-K/ A for
the year ended December 27, 2003 to correct these errors.
The Company also recorded two adjustments identified by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in connection with their interim
review of the Companys third fiscal quarter of 2004
results and the preparation of the Form 10-Q for such
quarter. These adjustments addressed the fact that the
Companys severance accrual computations omitted future
severance payments for certain personnel who had been notified
of termination under the Companys announced restructuring
plan and also the fact that the Company had failed to apply the
appropriate discount rate to the facility accrual associated
with the Companys restructuring activities. The impact of
these two adjustments did not require the restatement of any of
the Companys financial statements.
The ineffective control over the application of generally
accepted accounting principles in relation to complex,
non-routine transactions in the financial reporting process
could result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim
financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. As
a result, management
96
has determined that this control deficiency constituted a
material weakness as of December 25, 2004. Because of the
material weakness described above, management has concluded that
the Company did not maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 25, 2004, based on
criteria in Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the COSO. Management communicated its conclusions
to the Audit Committee of the Companys Board of Directors.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited managements assessment of the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of December 25, 2004 as stated in
their report which appears in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Companys management has identified the steps necessary
to address the material weakness described above, as follows:
|
|
|
(1) Hiring additional accounting personnel and engaging
outside contractors with technical accounting expertise, as
needed, and reorganizing the accounting and finance department
to ensure that accounting personnel with adequate experience,
skills and knowledge relating to complex, non-routine
transactions are directly involved in the review and accounting
evaluation of our complex, non-routine transactions; |
|
|
(2) Involving both internal accounting personnel and
outside contractors with technical accounting expertise, as
needed, early in the evaluation of a complex, non-routine
transaction to obtain additional guidance as to the application
of generally accepted accounting principles to such a proposed
transaction; |
|
|
(3) Documenting to standards established by senior
accounting personnel and the principal accounting officer the
review, analysis and related conclusions with respect to
complex, non-routine transactions; and |
|
|
(4) Requiring senior accounting personnel and the principal
accounting officer to review complex, non-routine transactions
to evaluate and approve the accounting treatment for such
transactions. |
The Company began to execute the remediation plans identified
above in the fourth quarter of 2004. During the quarter ended
December 25, 2004, the Company filled the then vacant
position of Chief Financial Officer to provide leadership in the
areas of finance and accounting and appointed an Operations
Controller, who provides senior management and review in the
accounting function. The Company had previously outsourced its
internal audit function and in the quarter ended
December 25, 2004, the Company established the internal
audit function in-house and hired a senior, experienced
executive to lead this function. The Company engaged outside
contractors with technical accounting expertise commencing in
November 2004.
In the first quarter of 2005, the Companys Corporate
Controller resigned and the Company appointed a replacement
Corporate Controller and principal accounting officer on
February 18, 2005. Under the supervision of our Chief
Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, we have implemented
additional processes and procedures and have also effected a
reorganization of our accounting and finance department, to
assure adequate review of complex, non-routine transactions.
These measures included the implementation of requirements for
more stringent and complete documentation of the review,
analysis and conclusions regarding complex, non-routine
transactions and the review of the documentation regarding the
analysis of such transaction and the proposed accounting
treatment by senior accounting personnel and the principal
accounting officer. We have also implemented policies and
procedures to assure adequate and timely involvement of outside
accounting contractors, as needed, to obtain guidance as to the
application of generally accepted accounting principles to
complex, non-routine transactions. In the preparation of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, we engaged contractors with
technical accounting expertise to supplement our review of the
accounting of complex, non-routine transactions, including our
restatement, our tax accounts, our previously recorded
restructuring liabilities, our current restructuring activities
for 2004, and our accounting for impairment of goodwill and
other long-lived assets. The Companys continued use of the
same accounting contractors over the period commencing in
November 2004 has resulted in these contractors having a growing
familiarity with the Company, its business and personnel. The
Company believes that these corrective actions,
97
taken as a whole, have mitigated the control deficiencies with
respect to our preparation of this 2004 Annual Report on
Form 10-K and that these measures have been effective to
ensure that information required to be disclosed in the 2004
Form 10-K has been recorded, processed, summarized and
reported correctly. The Company is in the process of developing
procedures for the testing of these controls to determine if the
material weakness has been remediated and expects that testing
of these controls will be substantially completed by the end of
our fiscal first quarter. The Company will continue the
implementation of policies, processes and procedures regarding
the review of complex, non-routine transactions and the hiring
of additional accounting personnel. Management believes that our
controls and procedures will continue to improve as a result of
the further implementation of these measures.
There was no change in our internal control over financial
reporting during the year ended December 25, 2004 that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting, other
than the remediation measures which are described above.
Evaluation of Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and
Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
and our Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is
defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that
evaluation, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our
Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls
and procedures were ineffective as of December 25, 2004
because of the material weakness identified above.
|
|
Item 9B. |
Other Information |
None.
PART III
|
|
Item 10. |
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant |
The information required by this item with respect to
identification of directors is incorporated by reference to the
information contained in the section captioned Election of
Directors in the Proxy Statement. For information with
respect to our executive officers, see Executive
Officers at the end of Part I, Item 1 of this
report. Information with respect to Items 405 and 406 of
Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the
information contained in the sections captioned
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance and Proposal No. 1, Election of
Directions Corporate Governance and Board
Committees in the Proxy Statement.
|
|
Item 11. |
Executive Compensation |
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the information contained in the section captioned
Executive Compensation and Other Matters in the
Proxy Statement.
|
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management |
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the information contained in the sections captioned
Stock Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial
Owners and Equity Compensation Plan
Information in the Proxy Statement.
|
|
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions |
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the information contained in the section captioned
Executive Compensation and Other Matters in the
Proxy Statement.
98
|
|
Item 14. |
Principal Accounting Fees and Services |
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the information contained in the section captioned
Ratification of Engagement of Independent Auditors
in the Proxy Statement.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15. |
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this
report:
(1)-(2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement
Schedules See Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements under Item 8 on page 56 of this report.
(3) Exhibits. See Index to Exhibits on
pages 102 to 105 hereof.
99
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milpitas, State of
California, on the 10th day of March, 2005.
|
|
|
MAXTOR CORPORATION |
|
(Registrant) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. C.S. Park |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ C.S. PARK
Dr.
C.S. Park |
|
Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
March 10, 2005 |
|
/s/ DUSTON M. WILLIAMS
Duston
M. Williams |
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
March 10, 2005 |
|
/s/ CHARLES M. BOESENBERG
Charles
M. Boesenberg |
|
Director |
|
March 10, 2005 |
|
/s/ MICHAEL R. CANNON
Michael
R. Cannon |
|
Director |
|
March 10, 2005 |
|
/s/ CHARLES F. CHRIST
Charles
F. Christ |
|
Director |
|
March 10, 2005 |
|
/s/ CHARLES HILL
Charles
Hill |
|
Director |
|
March 10, 2005 |
|
/s/ GREGORY E. MYERS
Gregory
E. Myers |
|
Director |
|
March 10, 2005 |
100
MAXTOR CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost, | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
Expenses | |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
Beginning | |
|
and Other | |
|
|
|
|
|
End of | |
Fiscal Year Ended |
|
of Period | |
|
Accounts | |
|
Deductions | |
|
Other | |
|
Period | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
11,220 |
|
|
$ |
(433 |
) |
|
$ |
2,559 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,228 |
|
|
Revenue reserves
|
|
$ |
82,809 |
|
|
$ |
398,486 |
|
|
$ |
395,980 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
85,315 |
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
$ |
181,295 |
|
|
$ |
134,012 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
315,307 |
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
18,320 |
|
|
$ |
(2,000 |
) |
|
$ |
5,100 |
(1) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
11,220 |
|
|
Revenue reserves
|
|
$ |
82,878 |
|
|
$ |
525,329 |
|
|
$ |
525,398 |
(2) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
82,809 |
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
$ |
187,898 |
|
|
$ |
(6,603 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
181,295 |
|
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
21,638 |
|
|
$ |
(1,000 |
) |
|
$ |
2,318 |
(1) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
18,320 |
|
|
Revenue reserves
|
|
$ |
102,332 |
|
|
$ |
339,266 |
|
|
$ |
358,720 |
(2) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
82,878 |
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
$ |
175,608 |
|
|
$ |
12,290 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
187,898 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Deductions represent recoveries of previously reserved balances
and write-offs of fully reserved balances for which collection
efforts have been exhausted. |
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The provision for
doubtful accounts consists of the Companys estimates with
respect to the uncollectability of our receivables, net of
recoveries of amounts previously written off. The Company must
make estimates of the uncollectability of its accounts
receivables. The Company specifically analyzes accounts
receivable and analyzes historical bad debts, customer
concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic
trends and changes in its customer payment terms when evaluating
the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.
Revenue Reserves. The provision for sales returns and
allowances consists of the Companys estimates of potential
future product returns related to current period product
revenue, and specific provisions for original equipment
manufacturer, distributor and retailer sales incentives
(allowances) that are reductions in the revenue to
be realized. The Company analyzes historical returns, current
economic trends, and changes in customer demand and acceptance
of its products when evaluating the adequacy of the sales
returns and allowances. Significant management judgments and
estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing
the sales returns and allowances in any accounting period.
Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our
revenue for any period if management made different judgments or
utilized different estimates.
(2) Represents actual returns and allowances.
101
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
3.1(4)
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. |
3.2(6)
|
|
Certificate of Correction to the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Registrant. |
3.3(7)
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, dated
February 18, 2005. |
3.4(8)
|
|
Certificate of Merger as filed with the Secretary of State of
State of Delaware on April 2, 2001. |
4.1(15)
|
|
Indenture between Registrant and U.S. Bank National
Association, dated as of May 7, 2003. |
4.2(15)
|
|
Resale Registration Rights Agreement between Registrant, Banc of
America Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of May 7,
2003. |
10.1(1)
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and
Registrants directors and officers.** |
10.2(1)
|
|
Indenture dated as of March 1, 1987 between Registrant and
Security Pacific National Bank, as Trustee. |
10.3(1)
|
|
Employment Agreement between Mr. K.H. Teh and Registrant, dated
March 23, 1997.** |
10.4(1)
|
|
Land Lease between Housing Development Board and Maxtor
Singapore Limited dated as of March 8, 1991. |
10.5(2)
|
|
1998 Restricted Stock Plan.** |
10.6(2)
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement.** |
10.7(3)
|
|
Lease Agreement for Premises Located at 2452 Clover Basin Drive,
Longmont, Colorado, between Registrant, as Tenant, and Pratt
Land Limited Liability Company, as Landlord, dated
October 28, 1999. |
10.8(7)
|
|
1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.** |
10.9(5)
|
|
Form of Tax Opinion Insurance Policy. |
10.10(9)
|
|
Form of Tax Opinion Insurance Policy Rider. |
10.11(8)
|
|
Separation and Redemption Agreement dated as of April 2,
2001 among Quantum Corporation, Insula Corporation and
Registrant. |
10.12(8)
|
|
Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement dated as of April 2,
2001 among Quantum Corporation, Insula Corporation and
Registrant. |
10.13(8)
|
|
Intellectual Property Agreement dated as of April 2, 2001
by and between Quantum Corporation and Insula Corporation. |
10.14(8)
|
|
Indemnification Agreement dated as of April 2, 2001 among
Quantum Corporation, Insula Corporation and Registrant. |
10.15(8)
|
|
Real Estate Matters Agreement dated as of April 2, 2001
among Quantum Corporation, Insula Corporation and Registrant. |
10.16(8)
|
|
General Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of
April 2, 2001 among Quantum Corporation, Insula Corporation
and Registrant. |
10.17(10)
|
|
Lease Amendment and Novation Agreement made as of
August 31, 2001, by and between FortuneFirst, LLC, Hynix
Semiconductor America Inc., and MMC Technology, Inc. |
10.18(11)
|
|
Maxtor Corporation Amended and Restated Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan effective April 2, 2001.** |
10.19(12)
|
|
Maxtor Corporation Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.** |
10.20(12)
|
|
Standard Volume Purchase Agreement between Registrant, Agere
Systems, Inc., and Agere Systems Singapore Pte. Ltd., effective
as of January 1, 2002.* |
10.21(13)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter from Registrant to Mr. Paul J. Tufano,
dated February 24, 2003.** |
10.22(13)
|
|
Master Financing Agreement between Maxtor Technology (Suzhou)
Co., Ltd., Bank of China Suzhou Branch and Bank of China Suzhou
Industrial Park Sub-branch, dated as of April 15, 2003. |
102
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
10.23(13)
|
|
Contract for Transfer of the Right to the Use of Land in Respect
to 222,700.82 Square Meters of Land Located at Su Hong Dong
Road, Suzhou Industrial Park between China-Singapore Suzhou
Industrial Park Development Co., Ltd. and Maxtor Technology
(Suzhou) Co., Ltd., dated as of February 12, 2003. |
10.24(14)
|
|
U.S. $100,000,000 Receivables Loan and Security Agreement
among Maxtor Funding LLC, Registrant, Merrill Lynch Commercial
Finance Corp., Radian Reinsurance Inc., and U.S. Bank
National Association, dated as of May 9, 2003. |
10.25(14)
|
|
Purchase and Contribution Agreement between Registrant and
Maxtor Funding Corporation LLC, dated as of May 9, 2003. |
10.26(16)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter from Registrant to Mr. Keyur A. Patel,
dated June 16, 2003.** |
10.27(15)
|
|
First Amendment to U.S. $100,000,000 Receivables Loan and
Security Agreement among Maxtor Funding LLC, Registrant, Merrill
Lynch Commercial Finance Corp., Merrill Lynch Commercial Finance
Corp., Radian Reinsurance Inc., and U.S. Bank National
Association, dated as of July 21, 2003. |
10.28(16)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter and related documentation from
Registrant to Mr. Robert L. Edwards, dated July 23, 2003.** |
10.29(16)
|
|
Letter of Guarantee from Oversea-Chinese Banking Corporation
Limited to Maxtor Peripherals (S) Pte Ltd, dated July 29,
2003. |
10.30(15)
|
|
Second Amendment to U.S. $100,000,000 Receivables Loan and
Security Agreement among Maxtor Funding LLC, Registrant, Merrill
Lynch Commercial Finance Corp., Merrill Lynch Commercial Finance
Corp., Radian Reinsurance Inc., and U.S. Bank National
Association, dated as of August 7, 2003. |
10.31(15)
|
|
First Amendment to Purchase and Contribution Agreement between
Registrant and Maxtor Funding LLC, dated as of August 7,
2003. |
10.32(16)
|
|
Form of Amendment of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
between Registrant and Pantelis S. Alexopoulos (70,000
Restricted Stock Units), David L. Beaver (50,000 Restricted
Stock Units), Michael Cordano (70,000 Restricted Stock Units),
Phillip C. Duncan (50,000 Restricted Stock Units), Misha
Rozenberg (50,000 Restricted Stock Units), Glenn H. Stevens
(50,000 Restricted Stock Units), and K.H. Teh (70,000 Restricted
Stock Units), and Paul J. Tufano (100,000 Restricted Stock
Units; 140,000 Restricted Stock Units), each dated as of
September 2, 2003.** |
10.33(16)
|
|
Loan Agreement between Maxtor Peripherals (S) Pte Ltd and the
Singapore Economic Development Board, dated September 3,
2003. |
10.34(17)
|
|
Maxtor Corporation Executive Retention and Severance Plan.** |
10.35(17)
|
|
Maxtor Corporation Restricted Stock Unit Plan (as amended and
restated).** |
10.36(17)
|
|
Forbearance Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 by and
among Radian Reinsurance Inc., Maxtor Funding LLC, Registrant,
Merrill Lynch Commercial Finance Corp. and U.S. Bank
National Association. |
10.37(18)
|
|
Supplementary Agreement on Amendment of Foreign Exchange
Loan Contract between Maxtor Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.
and Bank of China SIP Sub-branch, dated March 24, 2004. |
10.38(18)
|
|
Letter of Direction from Radian Reinsurance Inc., Merrill Lynch
Commercial Financial Corp., Maxtor Funding LLC and Maxtor
Corporation to U.S. Bank National Association, dated
April 2, 2004. |
10.39(19)
|
|
U.S. $100,000,000 Receivables Loan and Security Agreement
dated as of June 24, 2004 among Maxtor Receivables LLC,
Maxtor Corporation, Merrill Lynch Commercial Finance Corp. and
U.S. Bank National Association. |
10.40(19)
|
|
Purchase and Contribution Agreement dated as of June 24,
2004 between Maxtor Corporation and Maxtor Receivables LLC. |
10.41
|
|
First Amendment Agreement to the Receivables Loan and Security
Agreement dated December 22, 2004 among Maxtor Receivables
LLC, Maxtor Corporation, Merrill Lynch Commercial Finance Corp.
and U.S. Bank National Association. |
103
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
10.42
|
|
Second Amendment Agreement to the Receivables Loan and Security
Agreement dated March 4, 2005 among Maxtor Receivables LLC,
Maxtor Corporation, Merrill Lynch Commercial Finance Corp. and
U.S. Bank National Association. |
10.43(19)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Maxtor Standard Volume Purchase
Agreement dated as of July 1, 2004 between Maxtor
Corporation and Agere Systems Inc.* |
10.44(19)
|
|
Agreement dated as of July 19, 2004 between Maxtor
Corporation and Mr. Phillip C. Duncan.** |
10.45(19)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter dated as of July 19, 2004 from
Maxtor Corporation to Mr. John Viera.** |
10.46(20)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter dated as of August 23, 2004 from
Maxtor Corporation to Mr. Michael A. Bless.** |
10.47(21)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter dated as of September 30, 2004 from
Maxtor Corporation to Ms. Fariba Danesh.** |
10.48(22)
|
|
Foreign Exchange Loan Agreement No. YZDZ (2003) NO. 197 between
Maxtor Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. and Bank of China Suzhou
Industrial Park Sub-branch, dated October 10, 2003. |
10.49(22)
|
|
Letter of Guarantee by Maxtor International S.à r.l. to and
for the benefit of Bank of China Suzhou Branch regarding Foreign
Exchange Loan Agreement No. YZDZ (2003) NO. 197 made as of
August 16, 2004. |
10.50(22)
|
|
Foreign Exchange Loan Agreement No. YZDZ (2004) NO. 089 between
Maxtor Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. and Bank of China Suzhou
Industrial Park Sub-branch, dated August 16, 2004. |
10.51(22)
|
|
Letter of Guarantee by Maxtor International S.à r.l. to and
for the benefit of Bank of China Suzhou Branch regarding Foreign
Exchange Loan Agreement No. YZDZ (2004) NO. 089 made as of
August 16, 2004. |
10.52(23)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter dated as of November 12, 2004 from
Maxtor Corporation to Dr. C.S. Park.** |
10.53(24)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter dated as of November 17, 2004 from
Maxtor Corporation to Mr. Michael J. Wingert.** |
10.54(25)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter dated as of December 3, 2004 from
Maxtor Corporation to Mr. Duston M. Williams.** |
10.55(26)
|
|
Amendment to the Employment Offer Letter dated as of
February 7, 2004 from Maxtor Corporation to Dr. C.S.
Park.** |
10.56(27)
|
|
Amendment to the Employment Offer Letter dated as of
February 7, 2004 from Maxtor Corporation to
Mr. Michael J. Wingert.** |
10.57(27)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter dated as of February 18, 2005 from
Maxtor Corporation to Mr. Kurt Richarz.** |
10.58
|
|
Mutual General Release and Global Settlement Agreement between
Registrants and Quantum Corporation dated as of
December 23, 2004. |
10.59
|
|
Forbearance Agreement by and among Maxtor Receivables LLC,
Maxtor Corporation and Merrill Lynch Commercial Finance
Corporation, dated as of February 11, 2005. |
12.1
|
|
Statement regarding Computation of Ratio. |
21.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries. |
23.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
31.1
|
|
Certification of Dr. C.S. Park, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Registrant pursuant to Rule 13a-14 adopted
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
31.2
|
|
Certification of Duston M. Williams, Executive Vice President,
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant pursuant to
Rule 13a-14 adopted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. |
104
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certification of Dr. C.S. Park, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Registrant furnished pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
32.2
|
|
Certification of Duston M. Williams, Executive Vice President,
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant furnished
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
|
* |
This exhibit (or portions thereof) has been filed
separately with the Commission pursuant to an application for
confidential treatment. The confidential portions of this
Exhibit have been omitted and are marked by an asterisk. |
|
|
** |
Management contract, or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
|
(1) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits to registration statement
on Form S-1, SEC file No. 333-56099, filed on
June 5, 1998. |
|
(2) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits to registration statement
on Form S-1/ A, SEC file No. 333-56099, filed on
June 29, 1998. |
|
(3) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-K filed
March 29, 2000. |
|
(4) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of registration statement
on Form S-4, File No. 333-51592, filed
December 11, 2000. |
|
(5) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of registration statement
on Form S-4/ A filed January 23, 2001. |
|
(6) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibit of Form 8-K filed
March 2, 2001. |
|
(7) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
February 25, 2005. |
|
(8) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
April 17, 2001. |
|
(9) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits to registration statement
on Form S-3, File No. 333-61770, filed May 29,
2001. |
|
|
(10) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
November 13, 2001. |
|
(11) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
November 12, 2002. |
|
(12) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-K filed
March 28, 2003. |
|
(13) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
May 13, 2003. |
|
(14) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form S-3 filed
June 24, 2003. |
|
(15) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
August 12, 2003. |
|
(16) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
November 12, 2003. |
|
(17) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-K filed
March 11, 2004. |
|
(18) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
May 5, 2004. |
|
(19) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
August 2, 2004. |
|
(20) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
August 24, 2004. |
|
(21) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
October 4, 2004. |
|
(22) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 10-Q filed
November 4, 2004. |
|
(23) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
November 18, 2004. |
|
(24) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
November 23, 2004. |
|
(25) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
December 9, 2004. |
|
(26) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
February 11, 2005. |
|
(27) |
Incorporated by reference to exhibits of Form 8-K filed
February 25, 2005. |
105